81_FR_6399 81 FR 6375 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska

81 FR 6375 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 24 (February 5, 2016)

Page Range6375-6404
FR Document2016-01967

NMFS has received an application from ExxonMobil Alaska LNG LLC (EMALL) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to a geophysical and geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. This action is proposed to occur for 16 weeks. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to EMALL to incidentally take, by Level B Harassment only, marine mammals during the specified activity.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 24 (Friday, February 5, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 24 (Friday, February 5, 2016)]
[Notices]
[Pages 6375-6404]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-01967]



[[Page 6375]]

Vol. 81

Friday,

No. 24

February 5, 2016

Part III





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking 
Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in 
Cook Inlet, Alaska; Notices

Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / 
Notices

[[Page 6376]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XE403


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey 
in Cook Inlet, Alaska

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received an application from ExxonMobil Alaska LNG 
LLC (EMALL) for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take 
marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to a geophysical and 
geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. This action is proposed to 
occur for 16 weeks. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act 
(MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to 
EMALL to incidentally take, by Level B Harassment only, marine mammals 
during the specified activity.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than March 7, 
2016.

ADDRESSES: Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie 
Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, 
Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email 
comments is [email protected]. Comments sent via email, including all 
attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. NMFS is not 
responsible for comments sent to addresses other than those provided 
here.
    Instructions: All comments received are a part of the public record 
and will generally be posted to http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm without change. All Personal Identifying Information 
(for example, name, address, etc.) voluntarily submitted by the 
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit Confidential 
Business Information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
    An electronic copy of the application may be obtained by writing to 
the address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see 
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. The following associated 
documents are also available at the same internet address: Draft 
Environmental Assessment.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sara Young, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8484.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce to allow, upon request, the 
incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine 
mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity (other than 
commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region if certain 
findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if the taking 
is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed authorization is 
provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 
as ``an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be 
reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely 
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.''
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].

Summary of Request

    On October 5, 2015, NMFS received an application from EMALL for the 
taking of marine mammals incidental to a geotechnical and geophysical 
survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska. NMFS determined that the application was 
adequate and complete on December 22, 2015.
    EMALL proposes to conduct a geophysical and geotechnical survey in 
Cook Inlet to investigate the technical suitability of a pipeline study 
corridor across Cook Inlet and potential marine terminal locations near 
Nikiski. The proposed activity would occur for 16 weeks during the 2016 
open water season beginning on March 1, 2016. The following specific 
aspects of the proposed activities are likely to result in the take of 
marine mammals: Use of a seismic airgun, sub-bottom profiler (chirp and 
boomer), and a vibracore. Take, by Level B Harassment only, of 
individuals of four species of marine mammals is anticipated to result 
from the specified activities.
    EMALL received an Authorization for 2015 to conduct a similar suite 
of activities using the same technologies. The Authorization was issued 
for 84 days beginning August 14, 2015 (80 FR 50989).

Description of the Specified Activity

Overview

    The planned geophysical surveys involve remote sensors including 
single beam echo sounder, multibeam echo sounder, sub-bottom profiler 
(chirp and boomer), 0.983 L (60 in\3\) airgun array, side scan sonar, 
geophysical resistivity meters, and magnetometer to characterize the 
bottom surface and subsurface. The planned shallow geotechnical 
investigations include vibracoring, sediment grab sampling, and piezo-
cone penetration testing (PCPT) to directly evaluate seabed features 
and soil conditions. Geotechnical borings are planned at potential 
shoreline crossings and in the terminal boring subarea within the 
Marine Terminal survey area, and will be used to collect information on 
the mechanical properties of in-situ soils to support feasibility 
studies for construction crossing techniques and decisions on siting 
and design of pilings, dolphins, and other marine structures. 
Geophysical resistivity imaging will be conducted at the potential 
shoreline crossings. Shear wave velocity profiles (downhole geophysics) 
will be conducted within some of the boreholes. Further details of the 
planned operations are provided below.

Dates and Duration

    EMALL expects operations to occur 102 days during the 2016 open-
water season between March 2016 and November 2016. Operations in the 
pipeline survey area would occur for approximately 46 days, and 
operations in the marine facilities survey area and

[[Page 6377]]

LNG carrier (LNGC) approach survey area would occur for a total of 
approximately 56 days. Approximately 100 km (62 mi) of transect line 
(the linear distance traveled by the survey vessel) would be surveyed 
on an average day. The use of an air gun from a stationary platform 
would occur over an estimated 24 days in the marine facilities survey 
area. Vibracoring would occur approximately 120 times (estimated 60 
days) during the 2016 open-water season between March 2016 and November 
2016. It is expected that on average, two vibracores would be conducted 
each day depending on tides and currents, with the sound source 
operating for a few minutes each time the equipment is deployed. The 
survey days may not be consecutive, given operational limitations 
including but not limited to tides, currents, hours of daylight, vessel 
resupply, personnel fatigue days, weather, and simultaneous operations. 
The activities would be scheduled in such a manner as to minimize 
potential effects to marine mammals, subsistence activities, and other 
users of the Cook Inlet. EMALL will engage with NMFS should the program 
require additional time to complete.

Specified Geographic Region

    Three separate areas will be surveyed in Cook Inlet. The survey 
areas are shown in Figure 1 of the application. The survey areas were 
sized to provide siting flexibility for future infrastructure to avoid 
existing hazards.
    The pipeline survey area (Figure 2 in the application) extends in 
the marine waters of Cook Inlet from the northwest shoreline of Upper 
Cook Inlet near the communities of Tyonek and Beluga to the southeast 
shoreline of Upper Cook Inlet near Boulder Point on the Kenai 
Peninsula. This survey area is approximately 47 km (29 mi) in length 
and averages approximately 16 km (10 mi) wide. The pipeline survey area 
is 795 km\2\ (307 mi\2\).
    The marine facilities survey area and LNGC approach survey areas 
(Figure 3 in the application) are located in the marine waters of Cook 
Inlet near the eastern shoreline of what is defined as the northern 
region of Lower Cook Inlet, south of the Forelands and adjacent to 
Nikiski on the Kenai Peninsula. The marine facilities survey area 
encompasses 109 km\2\ (42 mi\2\) and the LNGC approach survey area 
encompasses 79 km\2\ (30 mi\2\).
    In the LNGC approach survey area, the chirp and boomer sub-bottom 
profilers will be operated simultaneously. The marine facilities survey 
area will be surveyed twice: Once with the chirp and boomer sub-bottom 
profilers operated simultaneously, and once with the air gun and chirp 
subbottom profiler operated simultaneously. The pipeline survey area 
will also be surveyed twice: Once with the chirp and boomer sub-bottom 
profilers operated simultaneously and once with the boomer sub-bottom 
profiler and air gun operated simultaneously. Use of an air gun from a 
stationary platform will be conducted only in the marine facilities 
survey area. Vibracoring may be conducted throughout all of the survey 
areas.

Detailed Description of Activities

    The details of this activity are broken down into two categories 
for further description and analysis: Geophysical surveys and 
geotechnical surveys.

Geophysical Surveys

    The types of acoustical geophysical equipment planned for use in 
the Cook Inlet 2016 G&G Program are indicated in Table 1 in the 
application. The equipment includes: Sub-bottom profilers (chirp and 
boomer), 0.983 L (60 in\3\) airgun, and vibracore.
    Downhole geophysics is included in the table as a sound source, but 
is not considered further in this assessment as the energy source will 
not generate significant sound energy within the water column since the 
equipment will be located downhole within the geotechnical boreholes. 
The transmitter (source) and receiver are both housed within the same 
probe or tool that is lowered into the hole on a wireline. The 
suspension log transmitter is an electromechanical device. It consists 
of a metallic barrel (the hammer) disposed horizontally in the tool and 
actuated by an electromagnet (solenoid) to hit the inside of tool body 
(the plate). The fundamental H1 mode is at about 4.5 KHz, and H2 is at 
9 KHz. An extra resonance (unknown) mode is also present at about 15 
Khz. An analysis performed to estimate the expected sound level of the 
proposed borehole logging equipment scaled the sound produced by a 
steel pile driven by a hammer (given that both are cylindrical noise 
sources and produce impulsive sounds) and concluded that the sound 
level produced at 25 m by the borehole logging equipment would be less 
than 142 dB. This is not considering the confining effect of the 
borehole which would lower the sound level even further (I&R, 2015).
    The other types of geophysical equipment proposed for the 2015 
program will generate impulsive sound in the water column and are 
described below Information on the acoustic characteristics of 
geophysical and geotechnical sound sources is also summarized in Table 
2 in the application, followed by a corresponding description of each 
piece of equipment to be used.

Sub-Bottom Profiler--Chirp

    The chirp sub-bottom profiler planned for use in this program is a 
precisely controlled ``chirp'' system that emits high-energy sounds 
with a resolution of one millisecond (ms) and is used to penetrate and 
profile the shallow sediments near the sea floor. At operating 
frequencies of 2 to 16 kHz (Table 2 in application), this system will 
be operating at the lower end of the hearing range of beluga whales and 
well below the most sensitive hearing range of beluga whales (45-80 
kHz, Castellote et al. 2014), killer whales (18-42 kHz; Szymanski et 
al. 1999) and harbor porpoises (16-140 kHz; Kastelein et al. 2002). The 
source level is estimated at 202 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). The beam width 
is 24 degrees and pointed downward. The chirp will be used in 
combination with the boomer, and separately in combination with the air 
gun.

Sub-Bottom Profiler--Boomer

    A boomer sub-bottom profiling system with a penetration depth of up 
to 600 ms and resolution of 2 to 10 ms will be used to penetrate and 
profile the Cook Inlet sediments to an intermediate depth. The system 
will be towed behind the vessel. With a sound energy source level of 
about 205 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms) at frequencies of 0.5 to 6 kHz (Table 
2 in application), most of the sound energy generated by the boomer 
will be at frequencies that are well below peak hearing sensitivities 
of beluga whales (45-80 kHz; Castellote et al. 2014), but would still 
be detectable by these animals. The boomer is pointed downward but the 
equipment is omni-directional so the physical orientation is 
irrelevant.

Airgun

    A 0.983 L (60 in\3\) airgun or airgun array of equal or lesser 
volume will be used to gather high resolution profiling at greater 
depths below the seafloor. The published source level from Sercel (the 
manufacturer) for a 0.983 L (60 in\3\) airgun is 216 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m 
(equating to about 206 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). These airguns typically 
produce sound levels at frequencies of less than 1 kHz (Richardson et 
al. 1995, Zykov and Carr 2012), or below the most sensitive hearing of 
beluga whales (45-80 kHz; Castellote et al. 2014), but within the

[[Page 6378]]

functional hearing of these animals (>75 Hz; Southall et al. 2007). The 
airgun will only be used during geophysical surveys conducted in the 
Marine Facilities area (Lower Inlet).

Geotechnical Surveys

Shallow Geotechnical Investigations--Vibracores
    Vibracoring is conducted to obtain cores of the seafloor sediment 
from the surface down to a depth of about 6.1 m (20 ft). The cores are 
later analyzed in the laboratory for moisture, organic and carbonate 
content, shear strength, and grain size. Vibracore samplers consist of 
a 10-cm (4.0-in) diameter core barrel and a vibratory driving mechanism 
mounted on a four-legged frame, which is lowered to the seafloor. The 
electric motor driving mechanism oscillates the core barrel into the 
sediment where a core sample is then extracted. The duration of the 
operation varies with substrate type, but generally the sound source 
(driving mechanism) is operable for only the one or two minutes it 
takes to complete the 6.1-m (20-ft) bore and the entire setup process 
often takes less than one hour.
    Chorney et al. (2011) conducted sound measurements on an operating 
vibracorer in Alaska and found that it emitted a sound pressure level 
at 1-m source of 187.4 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms), with a frequency range 
of between 10 Hz and 20 kHz (Table 2). Vibracoring will result in the 
largest zone of influence (ZOI; area ensonified by sound energy greater 
than the 120 dB threshold) among the continuous sound sources. 
Vibracoring would also have a very small effect on the benthic habitat. 
Vibracoring will be conducted approximately 120 times over 60 days.
    Because of the very brief duration within a day (each event lasting 
1 or 2-minute periods) of this continuous, non-impulsive sound, 
combined with the small number of days the source will be used overall, 
NMFS does not believe that the vibracore operations will result in the 
take of marine mammals. However, because the applicant requested take 
from this source and included a quantitative analysis in their 
application, that analysis will be included here for reference and 
opportunity for public comment.

Vessels

    Vessels used in the program will be approximately 15-42 m (50-140 
ft) in length and 4.5-15 m (15-50 ft) in width (beam) with 
approximately 750-1500 horsepower. When used in combination, the air 
gun and chirp and boomer sub-bottom profilers will typically be 
deployed from the same survey vessel. Vibracoring may be conducted from 
a separate survey vessel. The air gun may also be used from a 
stationary platform or barge.

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of the Specified Activity

    Marine mammals that regularly inhabit upper Cook Inlet and Nikiski 
activity areas are the beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor 
porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) (Table 
6). However, these species are found there in relatively low numbers, 
and generally only during the summer fish runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, 
Boveng et al. 2012). Killer whales (Orcinus orca) are occasionally 
observed in upper Cook Inlet where they have been observed attempting 
to prey on beluga whales (Shelden et al. 2003). Based on a number of 
factors, Shelden et al. (2003) concluded that the killer whales found 
in upper Cook Inlet to date are the transient type, while resident 
types occasionally enter lower Cook Inlet. Marine mammals occasionally 
found in lower Cook Inlet include humpback whales (Megaptera 
novaeangliae), gray whales (Eschrichtius robustus), minke whales 
(Balaenoptera acutorostrata), Dall's porpoise (Phocoena dalli), and 
Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus). Background information of 
species found in Upper Cook Inlet is detailed in Table 1 below.

                          Table 1--Marine Mammals Inhabiting the Cook Inlet Action Area
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Stock abundance        Relative
                                                           ESA/MMPA         (CV, Nmin, most   occurrence in Cook
             Species                     Stock            status\1\;       recent abundance    Inlet; season of
                                                       strategic  (Y/N)       survey) \2\         occurrence
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Killer whale....................  Alaska Resident...  -;N...............  2,347 (N/A; 2,084;  Occasionally
                                  Alaska Transient..  -:N...............   2009).              sighted in Lower
                                                                          345 (N/A; 303;       Cook Inlet.
                                                                           2003).
Beluga whale....................  Cook Inlet........  E/D;Y.............  312 (0.10; 280;     Use upper Inlet in
                                                                           2012).              summer and lower
                                                                                               in winter:
                                                                                               Annual.
Harbor porpoise.................  Gulf of Alaska....  -;Y...............  31,046 (0.214;      Widespread in the
                                                                           25,987; 1998).      Inlet: Annual
                                                                                               (less in winter).
Harbor seal.....................  Cook Inlet/         -;N...............  22,900 (0.053;      Frequently found
                                   Shelikof.                               21,896; 2006).      in upper and
                                                                                               lower inlet;
                                                                                               annual (more in
                                                                                               northern Inlet in
                                                                                               summer).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species
  is not listed under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one
  for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be
  declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
  under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not
  applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated
  CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be
  more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate.

Beluga Whale (Delphinapterus leucas)

    The Cook Inlet beluga whale Distinct Population Segment (DPS) is a 
small geographically isolated population that is separated from other 
beluga populations by the Alaska Peninsula. The population is 
genetically (mtDNA) distinct from other Alaska populations, suggesting 
that the Peninsula is an effective barrier to genetic exchange 
(O'Corry-Crowe et al. 1997) and that these whales may have been 
separated from other stocks at least since the last ice age. Laidre et 
al. (2000) examined data from over 20 marine mammal surveys conducted 
in the northern Gulf of Alaska and found that sightings of belugas 
outside Cook Inlet were exceedingly rare, and these were composed of a 
few stragglers from the Cook Inlet DPS observed at Kodiak Island, 
Prince William Sound, and Yakutat Bay. Several marine mammal surveys 
specific to Cook Inlet (Laidre et al. 2000, Speckman and Piatt 2000), 
including those that concentrated on beluga whales (Rugh et al. 2000, 
2005a),

[[Page 6379]]

clearly indicate that this stock largely confines itself to Cook Inlet. 
There is no indication that these whales make forays into the Bering 
Sea where they might intermix with other Alaskan stocks.
    The Cook Inlet beluga DPS was originally estimated at 1,300 whales 
in 1979 (Calkins 1989) and has been the focus of management concerns 
since experiencing a dramatic decline in the 1990s. Between 1994 and 
1998 the stock declined 47%, which has been attributed to 
overharvesting by subsistence hunting. During that period, subsistence 
hunting was estimated to have annually removed 10-15% of the 
population. Only five belugas have been harvested since 1999, yet the 
population has continued to decline (Allen and Angliss 2014), with the 
most recent estimate at only 312 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014). The 
NMFS listed the population as ``depleted'' in 2000 as a consequence of 
the decline, and as ``endangered'' under the ESA in 2008 when the 
population failed to recover following a moratorium on subsistence 
harvest. In April 2011, the NMFS designated critical habitat for the 
Cook Inlet beluga whale under the ESA (Figure 2 in the application).
    Prior to the decline, this DPS was believed to range throughout 
Cook Inlet and occasionally into Prince William Sound and Yakutat 
(Nemeth et al. 2007). However, the range has contracted coincident with 
the population reduction (Speckman and Piatt 2000). During the summer 
and fall, beluga whales are concentrated near the Susitna River mouth, 
Knik Arm, Turnagain Arm, and Chickaloon Bay (Nemeth et al. 2007) where 
they feed on migrating eulachon (Thaleichthys pacificus) and salmon 
(Onchorhynchus spp.) (Moore et al. 2000). The limits of Critical 
Habitat Area 1 reflect the summer distribution (Figure 4 in the 
application). During the winter, beluga whales concentrate in deeper 
waters in the mid-inlet to Kalgin Island, and in the shallow waters 
along the west shore of Cook Inlet to Kamishak Bay. The limits of 
Critical Habitat Area 2 reflect the winter distribution. Some whales 
may also winter in and near Kachemak Bay.
    Goetz et al. (2012) modeled beluga use in Cook Inlet based on the 
NMFS aerial surveys conducted between 1994 and 2008. The combined model 
results shown in Figure 3 in the application indicate a very clumped 
distribution of summering beluga whales, and that lower densities of 
belugas are expected to occur in most of the pipeline survey area (but 
not necessarily specific G&G survey locations; see Section 6.3 in the 
application) and the vicinity of the proposed Marine Terminal. However, 
Cook Inlet beluga whales begin moving into Knik Arm around August 15 
where they spend about a month feeding on Eagle River salmon. The area 
between Nikiski, Kenai, and Kalgin Island provides important wintering 
habitat for Cook Inlet beluga whales. Use of this area would be 
expected between fall and spring, with animals largely absent during 
the summer months when G&G surveys would occur (Goetz et al. 2012).

Killer Whale (Orcinus orca)

    Two different stocks of killer whales inhabit the Cook Inlet region 
of Alaska: The Alaska Resident Stock and the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian 
Islands, Bering Sea Transient Stock (Allen and Angliss 2014). The 
Alaska Resident killer whale stock is estimated at 2,347 animals and 
occurs from Southeast Alaska to the Bering Sea (Allen and Angliss 
2014). Resident killer whales feed exclusively on fish and are 
genetically distinct from transient whales (Saulitis et al. 2000).
    The transient killer whales feed primarily on marine mammals 
(Saulitis et al. 2000). The transient population inhabiting the Gulf of 
Alaska shares mitochondrial DNA haplotypes with whales found along the 
Aleutian Islands and the Bering Sea, suggesting a common stock, 
although there appears to be some subpopulation genetic structuring 
occurring to suggest the gene flow between groups is limited (see Allen 
and Angliss 2014). For the three regions combined, the transient 
population has been estimated at 587 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014).
    Killer whales are occasionally observed in lower Cook Inlet, 
especially near Homer and Port Graham (Shelden et al. 2003, Rugh et al. 
2005a). The few whales that have been photographically identified in 
lower Cook Inlet belong to resident groups more commonly found in 
nearby Kenai Fjords and Prince William Sound (Shelden et al. 2003). 
Prior to the 1980s, killer whale sightings in upper Cook Inlet were 
very rare. During aerial surveys conducted between 1993 and 2004, 
killer whales were observed on only three flights, all in the Kachemak 
and English Bay area (Rugh et al. 2005a). However, anecdotal reports of 
killer whales feeding on belugas in upper Cook Inlet began increasing 
in the 1990s, possibly in response to declines in sea lion and harbor 
seal prey elsewhere (Shelden et al. 2003). These sporadic ventures of 
transient killer whales into beluga summering grounds have been 
implicated as a possible contributor to the decline of Cook Inlet 
belugas in the 1990s, although the number of confirmed mortalities from 
killer whales is small (Shelden et al. 2003). If killer whales were to 
venture into upper Cook Inlet in 2015, they might be encountered during 
the G&G Program.

Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)

    Harbor porpoise are small (approximately 1.2 m [4 ft] in length), 
relatively inconspicuous toothed whales. The Gulf of Alaska Stock is 
distributed from Cape Suckling to Unimak Pass and was most recently 
estimated at 31,046 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014). They are found 
primarily in coastal waters less than 100 m (328 ft) deep (Hobbs and 
Waite 2010) where they feed on Pacific herring (Clupea pallasii), other 
schooling fishes, and cephalopods.
    Although they have been frequently observed during aerial surveys 
in Cook Inlet, most sightings of harbor porpoise are of single animals, 
and are concentrated at Chinitna and Tuxedni bays on the west side of 
lower Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a). Dahlheim et al. (2000) estimated 
the 1991 Cook Inlet-wide population at only 136 animals. Also, during 
marine mammal monitoring efforts conducted in upper Cook Inlet by 
Apache from 2012 to 2014, harbor porpoise represented less than 2% of 
all marine mammal sightings. However, they are one of the three marine 
mammals (besides belugas and harbor seals) regularly seen in upper Cook 
Inlet (Nemeth et al. 2007), especially during spring eulachon and 
summer salmon runs. Because harbor porpoise have been observed 
throughout Cook Inlet during the summer months, including mid-inlet 
waters, they represent species that might be encountered during G&G 
Program surveys in upper Cook Inlet.

Harbor Seal (Phoca vitulina)

    At over 150,000 animals state-wide (Allen and Angliss 2014), harbor 
seals are one of the more common marine mammal species in Alaskan 
waters. They are most commonly seen hauled out at tidal flats and rocky 
areas. Harbor seals feed largely on schooling fish such as Alaska 
Pollock, Pacific cod, salmon, Pacific herring, eulachon, and squid. 
Although harbor seals may make seasonal movements in response to prey, 
they are resident to Alaska and do not migrate.
    The Cook Inlet/Shelikof Stock, ranging from approximately Anchorage 
down along the south side of the Alaska Peninsula to Unimak Pass, has 
been recently estimated at a stable 22,900 (Allen and Angliss 2014). 
Large numbers concentrate at the river mouths and embayments of lower 
Cook Inlet,

[[Page 6380]]

including the Fox River mouth in Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al. 2005a). 
Montgomery et al. (2007) recorded over 200 haulout sites in lower Cook 
Inlet alone. However, only a few dozen to a couple hundred seals 
seasonally occur in upper Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a), mostly at the 
mouth of the Susitna River where their numbers vary with the spring 
eulachon and summer salmon runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et al. 
2012). Review of NMFS aerial survey data collected from 1993-2012 
(Shelden et al. 2013) finds that the annual high counts of seals hauled 
out in Cook Inlet ranged from about 100-380, with most of these animals 
hauling out at the mouths of the Theodore and Lewis Rivers. There are 
certainly thousands of harbor seals occurring in lower Cook Inlet, but 
no references have been found showing more than about 400 harbor seals 
occurring seasonally in upper Cook Inlet. In 2012, up to 100 harbor 
seals were observed hauled out at the mouths of the Theodore and Lewis 
rivers (located about 16 km [10 mi] northeast of the pipeline survey 
area) during monitoring activity associated with Apache's 2012 Cook 
Inlet seismic program, and harbor seals constituted 60 percent of all 
marine mammal sightings by Apache observers during 2012 to 2014 survey 
and monitoring efforts (L. Parker, Apache, pers. comm.). Montgomery et 
al. (2007) also found that seals elsewhere in Cook Inlet move in 
response to local steelhead (Onchorhynchus mykiss) and salmon runs. 
Harbor seals may be encountered during G&G surveys in Cook Inlet.

Humpback Whale (Megaptera novaeangliae)

    Although there is considerable distributional overlap in the 
humpback whale stocks that use Alaska, the whales seasonally found in 
lower Cook Inlet are probably of the Central North Pacific stock. 
Listed as endangered under the ESA, this stock has recently been 
estimated at 7,469, with the portion of the stock that feeds in the 
Gulf of Alaska estimated at 2,845 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014). The 
Central North Pacific stock winters in Hawaii and summers from British 
Columbia to the Aleutian Islands (Calambokidis et al. 1997), including 
Cook Inlet.
    Humpback use of Cook Inlet is largely confined to lower Cook Inlet. 
They have been regularly seen near Kachemak Bay during the summer 
months (Rugh et al. 2005a), and there is a whale-watching venture in 
Homer capitalizing on this seasonal event. There are anecdotal 
observations of humpback whales as far north as Anchor Point, with 
recent summer observations extending to Cape Starichkof (Owl Ridge 
2014). Because of the southern distribution of humpbacks in Cook Inlet, 
it is unlikely that they will be encountered during this activity in 
close enough proximity to cause Level B harassment. Therefore, no take 
is authorized for humpback whales.

Gray Whale (Eschrichtius robustus)

    Each spring, the Eastern North Pacific stock of gray whale migrates 
8,000 kilometers (5,000 miles) northward from breeding lagoons in Baja 
California to feeding grounds in the Bering and Chukchi seas, reversing 
their travel again in the fall (Rice and Wolman 1971). Their migration 
route is for the most part coastal until they reach the feeding 
grounds. A small portion of whales do not annually complete the full 
circuit, as small numbers can be found in the summer feeding along the 
Oregon, Washington, British Columbia, and Alaskan coasts (Rice et al. 
1984, Moore et al. 2007).
    Human exploitation reduced this stock to an estimated ``few 
thousand'' animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). However, by the late 
1980s, the stock was appearing to reach carrying capacity and estimated 
to be at 26,600 animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). By 2002, that stock 
had been reduced to about 16,000 animals, especially following 
unusually high mortality events in 1999 and 2000 (Allen and Angliss 
2014). The stock has continued to grow since then and is currently 
estimated at 19,126 animals with a minimum estimate of 18,017 (Carretta 
et al. 2013).
    Most gray whales migrate past the mouth of Cook Inlet to and from 
northern feeding grounds. However, small numbers of summering gray 
whales have been noted by fisherman near Kachemak Bay and north of 
Anchor Point. Further, summering gray whales were seen offshore of Cape 
Starichkof by marine mammal observers monitoring Buccaneer's 
Cosmopolitan drilling program in 2013 (Owl Ridge 2014). Regardless, 
gray whales are not expected to be encountered in upper Cook Inlet, 
where the activity is concentrated, north of Kachemak Bay. Therefore, 
it is unlikely that they will be encountered during this activity in 
close enough proximity to cause Level B harassment and are not 
considered further in this final Authorization notice.

Minke Whale (Balaenoptera acutorostrata)

    Minke whales are the smallest of the rorqual group of baleen whales 
reaching lengths of up to 35 feet. They are also the most common of the 
baleen whales, although there are no population estimates for the North 
Pacific, although estimates have been made for some portions of Alaska. 
Zerbini et al. (2006) estimated the coastal population between Kenai 
Fjords and the Aleutian Islands at 1,233 animals.
    During Cook Inlet-wide aerial surveys conducted from 1993 to 2004, 
minke whales were encountered only twice (1998, 1999), both times off 
Anchor Point 16 miles northwest of Homer. Recently, several minke 
whales were recorded off Cape Starichkof in early summer 2013 during 
exploratory drilling conducted there (Owl Ridge 2014). There are no 
records north of Cape Starichkof, and this species is unlikely to be 
seen in upper Cook Inlet. There is little chance of encountering a 
minke whale during these activities. Therefore, no take of minke whales 
is authorized.

Dall's Porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli)

    Dall's porpoise are widely distributed throughout the North Pacific 
Ocean including Alaska, although they are not found in upper Cook Inlet 
and the shallower waters of the Bering, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas 
(Allen and Angliss 2014). Compared to harbor porpoise, Dall's porpoise 
prefer the deep offshore and shelf slope waters. The Alaskan population 
has been estimated at 83,400 animals (Allen and Angliss 2014), making 
it one of the more common cetaceans in the state. Dall's porpoise have 
been observed in lower Cook Inlet, including Kachemak Bay and near 
Anchor Point (Owl Ridge 2014), but sightings there are rare. The 
concentration of sightings of Dall's porpoise in a southerly part of 
the Inlet suggest it is unlikely they will be encountered during 
EMALL's activities. Therefore, no take of Dall's porpoise is 
authorized.

Steller Sea Lion (Eumetopias jubatus)

    The Western Stock of the Steller sea lion is defined as all 
populations west of longitude 144[deg]W to the western end of the 
Aleutian Islands. The most recent estimate for this stock is 45,649 
animals (Allen and Angliss 2014), considerably less than that estimated 
140,000 animals in the 1950s (Merrick et al. 1987). Because of this 
dramatic decline, the stock was listed under the ESA as a threatened 
DPS in 1990, and relisted as endangered in 1997. Critical habitat was 
designated in 1993, and is defined as a 20-nautical-mile radius around 
all major rookeries and haulout sites. The 20-nautical-mile buffer was 
established based on telemetry data that indicated these sea lions 
concentrated their

[[Page 6381]]

summer foraging effort within this distance of rookeries and haul outs.
    Steller sea lions inhabit lower Cook Inlet, especially in the 
vicinity of Shaw Island and Elizabeth Island (Nagahut Rocks) haulout 
sites (Rugh et al. 2005a), but are rarely seen in upper Cook Inlet 
(Nemeth et al. 2007). Of the 42 Steller sea lion groups recorded during 
Cook Inlet aerial surveys between 1993 and 2004, none were recorded 
north of Anchor Point and only one in the vicinity of Kachemak Bay 
(Rugh et al. 2005a). Marine mammal observers associated with 
Buccaneer's drilling project off Cape Starichkof did observe seven 
Steller sea lions during the summer of 2013 (Owl Ridge 2014).
    The upper reaches of Cook Inlet may not provide adequate foraging 
conditions for sea lions for establishing a major haul out presence. 
Steller sea lions feed largely on walleye pollock, salmon and 
arrowtooth flounder during the summer, and walleye pollock and Pacific 
cod during the winter (Sinclair and Zeppelin 2002), none of which, 
except for salmon, are found in abundance in upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth 
et al. 2007). Steller sea lions are unlikely to be encountered during 
operations in upper Cook Inlet, as they are primarily encountered along 
the Kenai Peninsula, especially closer to Anchor Point. Therefore, no 
take of Steller sea lion is authorized.

Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components (seismic airgun operations, sub-bottom profiler chirper and 
boomer, vibracore) of the specified activity may impact marine mammals. 
The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section later in this 
document will include a quantitative analysis of the number of 
individuals that NMFS expects to be taken by this activity. The 
``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section will include the analysis of how 
this specific proposed activity would impact marine mammals and will 
consider the content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by 
Incidental Harassment'' section, the ``Mitigation'' section, and the 
``Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat'' section to draw 
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of this activity on the 
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and from that on 
the affected marine mammal populations or stocks.
    NMFS intends to provide a background of potential effects of 
EMALL's activities in this section. Operating active acoustic sources 
have the potential for adverse effects on marine mammals. The majority 
of anticipated impacts would be from the use of active acoustic 
sources.

Acoustic Impacts

    When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the 
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds 
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current 
data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing 
capabilities (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 1997; Wartzok 
and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
    Southall et al. (2007) designated ``Functional hearing groups'' for 
marine mammals based on available behavioral data; audiograms derived 
from auditory evoked potentials; anatomical modeling; and other data. 
Southall et al. (2007) also estimated the lower and upper frequencies 
of functional hearing for each group. However, animals are less 
sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of their functional hearing 
range and are more sensitive to a range of frequencies within the 
middle of their functional hearing range.
    The functional groups and the associated frequencies are:
     Low frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes): 
Functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) 
and 25 kHz (extended from 22 kHz based on data indicating that some 
mysticetes can hear above 22 kHz; Au et al., 2006; Lucifredi and Stein, 
2007; Ketten and Mountain, 2009; Tubelli et al., 2012);
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six 
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and 
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises, 
six species of river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana, and four species 
of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz; and
     Pinnipeds in Water: Phocid (true seals) functional hearing 
estimates occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz (Hemila et al., 
2006; Mulsow et al., 2011; Reichmuth et al., 2013) and otariid (seals 
and sea lions) functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 
100 Hz to 40 kHz.
    As mentioned previously in this document, Cook Inlet beluga whales, 
harbor porpoise, killer whales, and harbor seals (3 odontocetes and 1 
phocid) would likely occur in the action area. Table 2 presents the 
classification of these species into their respective functional 
hearing group. NMFS consider a species' functional hearing group when 
analyzing the effects of exposure to sound on marine mammals.

 Table 2--Classification of Marine Mammals That Could Potentially Occur
 in the Proposed Activity Area in Cook Inlet, 2015 by Functional Hearing
                                  Group
                         [Southall et al., 2007]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mid-Frequency Hearing Range...............  Beluga whale, killer whale.
High Frequency Hearing Range..............  Harbor porpoise.
Pinnipeds in Water Hearing Range..........  Harbor seal.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on Marine Mammals

    The effects of sounds from airgun operations might include one or 
more of the following: Tolerance, masking of natural sounds, behavioral 
disturbance, temporary or permanent impairment, or non-auditory 
physical or physiological effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et 
al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 2007). The effects of 
noise on marine mammals are highly variable, often depending on species 
and contextual factors (based on Richardson et al., 1995).
Tolerance
    Studies on marine mammals' tolerance to sound in the natural 
environment are relatively rare. Richardson et al. (1995) defined 
tolerance as the occurrence of marine mammals in areas where they are 
exposed to human activities or manmade noise. In many cases, tolerance 
develops by the animal habituating to the stimulus (i.e., the gradual 
waning of responses to a repeated or ongoing stimulus) (Richardson, et 
al., 1995), but because of ecological or physiological requirements, 
many marine animals may need to remain in areas where they are exposed 
to chronic stimuli (Richardson, et al., 1995).
    Numerous studies have shown that pulsed sounds from airguns are 
often readily detectable in the water at distances of many kilometers. 
Several studies have also shown that marine mammals at distances of 
more than a few kilometers from operating seismic vessels often show no 
apparent response. That is often true even in cases when the pulsed 
sounds must be readily audible to the animals based on measured 
received levels and the

[[Page 6382]]

hearing sensitivity of the marine mammal group. Although various baleen 
whales and toothed whales, and (less frequently) pinnipeds have been 
shown to react behaviorally to airgun pulses under some conditions, at 
other times marine mammals of all three types have shown no overt 
reactions (Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Moulton et al. 2005, 
2006) and (MacLean and Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006).
    Weir (2008) observed marine mammal responses to seismic pulses from 
a 24 airgun array firing a total volume of either 5,085 in\3\ or 3,147 
in\3\ in Angolan waters between August 2004 and May 2005. Weir (2008) 
recorded a total of 207 sightings of humpback whales (n = 66), sperm 
whales (n = 124), and Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and reported 
that there were no significant differences in encounter rates 
(sightings per hour) for humpback and sperm whales according to the 
airgun array's operational status (i.e., active versus silent).
    Bain and Williams (2006) examined the effects of a large airgun 
array (maximum total discharge volume of 1,100 in\3\) on six species in 
shallow waters off British Columbia and Washington: harbor seal, 
California sea lion, Steller sea lion, gray whale, Dall's porpoise, and 
harbor porpoise. Harbor porpoises showed reactions at received levels 
less than 155 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa at a distance of greater than 70 km (43 
mi) from the seismic source (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, the 
tendency for greater responsiveness by harbor porpoise is consistent 
with their relative responsiveness to boat traffic and some other 
acoustic sources (Richardson, et al., 1995; Southall, et al., 2007). In 
contrast, the authors reported that gray whales seemed to tolerate 
exposures to sound up to approximately 170 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Bain and 
Williams, 2006) and Dall's porpoises occupied and tolerated areas 
receiving exposures of 170-180 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Bain and Williams, 
2006; Parsons, et al., 2009). The authors observed several gray whales 
that moved away from the airguns toward deeper water where sound levels 
were higher due to propagation effects resulting in higher noise 
exposures (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, it is unclear whether 
their movements reflected a response to the sounds (Bain and Williams, 
2006). Thus, the authors surmised that the lack of gray whale responses 
to higher received sound levels were ambiguous at best because one 
expects the species to be the most sensitive to the low-frequency sound 
emanating from the airguns (Bain and Williams, 2006).
    Pirotta et al. (2014) observed short-term responses of harbor 
porpoises to a two-dimensional (2-D) seismic survey in an enclosed bay 
in northeast Scotland which did not result in broad-scale displacement. 
The harbor porpoises that remained in the enclosed bay area reduced 
their buzzing activity by 15 percent during the seismic survey 
(Pirotta, et al., 2014). Thus, the authors suggest that animals exposed 
to anthropogenic disturbance may make trade-offs between perceived 
risks and the cost of leaving disturbed areas (Pirotta, et al., 2014).
Masking
    Marine mammals use acoustic signals for a variety of purposes, 
which differ among species, but include communication between 
individuals, navigation, foraging, reproduction, avoiding predators, 
and learning about their environment (Erbe and Farmer, 2000; Tyack, 
2000).
    The term masking refers to the inability of an animal to recognize 
the occurrence of an acoustic stimulus because of interference of 
another acoustic stimulus (Clark et al., 2009). Thus, masking is the 
obscuring of sounds of interest by other sounds, often at similar 
frequencies. It is a phenomenon that affects animals that are trying to 
receive acoustic information about their environment, including sounds 
from other members of their species, predators, prey, and sounds that 
allow them to orient in their environment. Masking these acoustic 
signals can disturb the behavior of individual animals, groups of 
animals, or entire populations in certain circumstances.
    Introduced underwater sound may, through masking, reduce the 
effective communication distance of a marine mammal species if the 
frequency of the source is close to that used as a signal by the marine 
mammal, and if the anthropogenic sound is present for a significant 
fraction of the time (Richardson et al., 1995).
    Marine mammals are thought to be able to compensate for masking by 
adjusting their acoustic behavior through shifting call frequencies, 
increasing call volume, and increasing vocalization rates. For example 
in one study, blue whales increased call rates when exposed to noise 
from seismic surveys in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di Iorio and Clark, 
2010). Other studies reported that some North Atlantic right whales 
exposed to high shipping noise increased call frequency (Parks et al., 
2007) and some humpback whales responded to low-frequency active sonar 
playbacks by increasing song length (Miller et al., 2000). 
Additionally, beluga whales change their vocalizations in the presence 
of high background noise possibly to avoid masking calls (Au et al., 
1985; Lesage et al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005).
    Studies have shown that some baleen and toothed whales continue 
calling in the presence of seismic pulses, and some researchers have 
heard these calls between the seismic pulses (e.g., McDonald et al., 
1995; Greene et al., 1999; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004; 
Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b, 2006; and Dunn and Hernandez, 2009).
    In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006) reported that fin whales in 
the northeast Pacific Ocean went silent for an extended period starting 
soon after the onset of a seismic survey in the area. Similarly, NMFS 
is aware of one report that observed sperm whales ceased calls when 
exposed to pulses from a very distant seismic ship (Bowles et al., 
1994). However, more recent studies have found that sperm whales 
continued calling in the presence of seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 
2002; Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2006; and 
Jochens et al., 2008).
    Risch et al. (2012) documented reductions in humpback whale 
vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank National Marine Sanctuary 
concurrent with transmissions of the Ocean Acoustic Waveguide Remote 
Sensing (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor system at distances of 200 km 
(124 mi) from the source. The recorded OAWRS produced series of 
frequency modulated pulses and the signal received levels ranged from 
88 to 110 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa (Risch, et al., 2012). The authors 
hypothesized that individuals did not leave the area but instead ceased 
singing and noted that the duration and frequency range of the OAWRS 
signals (a novel sound to the whales) were similar to those of natural 
humpback whale song components used during mating (Risch et al., 2012). 
Thus, the novelty of the sound to humpback whales in the study area 
provided a compelling contextual probability for the observed effects 
(Risch et al., 2012). However, the authors did not state or imply that 
these changes had long-term effects on individual animals or 
populations (Risch et al., 2012).
    Several studies have also reported hearing dolphins and porpoises 
calling while airguns were operating (e.g., Gordon et al., 2004; 
Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, b; and Potter et al., 2007). 
The sounds important to small odontocetes are predominantly at much 
higher frequencies than the dominant components of airgun sounds, thus

[[Page 6383]]

limiting the potential for masking in those species.
    Although some degree of masking is inevitable when high levels of 
manmade broadband sounds are present in the sea, marine mammals have 
evolved systems and behavior that function to reduce the impacts of 
masking. Odontocete conspecifics may readily detect structured signals, 
such as the echolocation click sequences of small toothed whales even 
in the presence of strong background noise because their frequency 
content and temporal features usually differ strongly from those of the 
background noise (Au and Moore, 1988, 1990). The components of 
background noise that are similar in frequency to the sound signal in 
question primarily determine the degree of masking of that signal.
    Redundancy and context can also facilitate detection of weak 
signals. These phenomena may help marine mammals detect weak sounds in 
the presence of natural or manmade noise. Most masking studies in 
marine mammals present the test signal and the masking noise from the 
same direction. The sound localization abilities of marine mammals 
suggest that, if signal and noise come from different directions, 
masking would not be as severe as the usual types of masking studies 
might suggest (Richardson et al., 1995). The dominant background noise 
may be highly directional if it comes from a particular anthropogenic 
source such as a ship or industrial site. Directional hearing may 
significantly reduce the masking effects of these sounds by improving 
the effective signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of higher frequency 
hearing by the bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and killer whale, 
empirical evidence confirms that masking depends strongly on the 
relative directions of arrival of sound signals and the masking noise 
(Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990; Bain et al., 1993; Bain and 
Dahlheim, 1994). Toothed whales and probably other marine mammals as 
well, have additional capabilities besides directional hearing that can 
facilitate detection of sounds in the presence of background noise. 
There is evidence that some toothed whales can shift the dominant 
frequencies of their echolocation signals from a frequency range with a 
lot of ambient noise toward frequencies with less noise (Au et al., 
1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990; Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko 
and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A few marine mammal species 
increase the source levels or alter the frequency of their calls in the 
presence of elevated sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au, 1993; Lesage et 
al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007, 
2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et al., 2009).
    These data demonstrating adaptations for reduced masking pertain 
mainly to the very high frequency echolocation signals of toothed 
whales. There is less information about the existence of corresponding 
mechanisms at moderate or low frequencies or in other types of marine 
mammals. For example, Zaitseva et al. (1980) found that, for the 
bottlenose dolphin, the angular separation between a sound source and a 
masking noise source had little effect on the degree of masking when 
the sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast to the pronounced effect at 
higher frequencies. Studies have noted directional hearing at 
frequencies as low as 0.5-2 kHz in several marine mammals, including 
killer whales (Richardson et al., 1995a). This ability may be useful in 
reducing masking at these frequencies. In summary, high levels of sound 
generated by anthropogenic activities may act to mask the detection of 
weaker biologically important sounds by some marine mammals. This 
masking may be more prominent for lower frequencies. For higher 
frequencies, such as that used in echolocation by toothed whales, 
several mechanisms are available that may allow them to reduce the 
effects of such masking.
Behavioral Disturbance
    Marine mammals may behaviorally react to sound when exposed to 
anthropogenic noise. Reactions to sound, if any, depend on species, 
state of maturity, experience, current activity, reproductive state, 
time of day, and many other factors (Richardson et al., 1995; D'Spain & 
Wartzok, 2004; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007).
    Types of behavioral reactions can include the following: Changing 
durations of surfacing and dives, number of blows per surfacing, or 
moving direction and/or speed; reduced/increased vocal activities; 
changing/cessation of certain behavioral activities (such as 
socializing or feeding); visible startle response or aggressive 
behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of 
areas where noise sources are located; and/or flight responses (e.g., 
pinnipeds flushing into water from haulouts or rookeries).
    The biological significance of many of these behavioral 
disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected 
disturbances appear minor. However, one could expect the consequences 
of behavioral modification to be biologically significant if the change 
affects growth, survival, and/or reproduction (e.g., Lusseau and 
Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007). Examples of behavioral modifications 
that could impact growth, survival, or reproduction include:
     Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as 
those associated with beaked whale stranding related to exposure to 
military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
     Permanent habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable 
acoustic environment; and
     Disruption of feeding or social interaction resulting in 
significant energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or cow-calf 
separation.
    The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise 
depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and 
their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, 
experience, demography) and is also difficult to predict (Richardson et 
al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007). Many studies have also shown that 
marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show 
no apparent response when exposed to seismic activities (e.g., Madsen & 
Mohl, 2000 for sperm whales; Malme et al., 1983, 1984 for gray whales; 
and Richardson et al., 1986 for bowhead whales). Other studies have 
shown that marine mammals continue important behaviors in the presence 
of seismic pulses (e.g., Dunn & Hernandez, 2009 for blue whales; Greene 
Jr. et al., 1999 for bowhead whales; Holst and Beland, 2010; Holst and 
Smultea, 2008; Holst et al., 2005; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Richardson, 
et al., 1986; Smultea et al., 2004).
    Baleen Whales: Studies have shown that underwater sounds from 
seismic activities are often readily detectable by baleen whales in the 
water at distances of many kilometers (Castellote et al., 2012 for fin 
whales).
    Observers have seen various species of Balaenoptera (blue, sei, 
fin, and minke whales) in areas ensonified by airgun pulses (Stone, 
2003; MacLean and Haley, 2004; Stone and Tasker, 2006), and have 
localized calls from blue and fin whales in areas with airgun 
operations (e.g., McDonald et al., 1995; Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; 
Castellote et al., 2010). Sightings by observers on seismic vessels off 
the United Kingdom from 1997 to 2000 suggest that, during times of good 
visibility, sighting rates for mysticetes (mainly fin and sei whales) 
were similar when large arrays of airguns were shooting versus silent 
(Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006). However, these whales tended to 
exhibit

[[Page 6384]]

localized avoidance, remaining significantly further (on average) from 
the airgun array during seismic operations compared with non-seismic 
periods (Stone and Tasker, 2006).
    Ship-based monitoring studies of baleen whales (including blue, 
fin, sei, minke, and humpback whales) in the northwest Atlantic found 
that overall, this group had lower sighting rates during seismic versus 
non-seismic periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010). The authors observed 
that baleen whales as a group were significantly farther from the 
vessel during seismic compared with non-seismic periods. Moreover, the 
authors observed that the whales swam away more often from the 
operating seismic vessel (Moulton and Holst, 2010). Initial sightings 
of blue and minke whales were significantly farther from the vessel 
during seismic operations compared to non-seismic periods and the 
authors observed the same trend for fin whales (Moulton and Holst, 
2010). Also, the authors observed that minke whales most often swam 
away from the vessel when seismic operations were underway (Moulton and 
Holst, 2010).
    Toothed Whales: Few systematic data are available describing 
reactions of toothed whales to noise pulses. However, systematic work 
on sperm whales is underway (e.g., Gordon et al., 2006; Madsen et al., 
2006; Winsor and Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008; Miller et al., 2009) 
and there is an increasing amount of information about responses of 
various odontocetes, including killer whales and belugas, to seismic 
surveys based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone, 2003; Smultea et al., 
2004; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006; Holst et al., 
2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Potter et al., 2007; Hauser et al., 2008; 
Holst and Smultea, 2008; Weir, 2008; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Richardson 
et al., 2009; Moulton and Holst, 2010). Reactions of toothed whales to 
large arrays of airguns are variable and, at least for delphinids, seem 
to be confined to a smaller radius than has been observed for 
mysticetes.
    Observers stationed on seismic vessels operating off the United 
Kingdom from 1997-2000 have provided data on the occurrence and 
behavior of various toothed whales exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 
2003; Gordon et al., 2004). The studies note that killer whales were 
significantly farther from large airgun arrays during periods of active 
airgun operations compared with periods of silence. The displacement of 
the median distance from the array was approximately 0.5 km (0.3 mi) or 
more. Killer whales also appear to be more tolerant of seismic shooting 
in deeper water (Stone, 2003; Gordon et al., 2004).
    The beluga may be a species that (at least in certain geographic 
areas) shows long-distance avoidance of seismic vessels. Aerial surveys 
during seismic operations in the southeastern Beaufort Sea recorded 
much lower sighting rates of beluga whales within 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 
mi) of an active seismic vessel. These results were consistent with the 
low number of beluga sightings reported by observers aboard the seismic 
vessel, suggesting that some belugas might have been avoiding the 
seismic operations at distances of 10-20 km (6.2-12.4 mi) (Miller et 
al., 2005).
Delphinids
    Seismic operators and protected species observers (observers) on 
seismic vessels regularly see dolphins and other small toothed whales 
near operating airgun arrays, but in general there is a tendency for 
most delphinids to show some avoidance of operating seismic vessels 
(e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone, 2003; 
Moulton and Miller, 2005; Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006; 
Weir, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Moulton and 
Holst, 2010). Some dolphins seem to be attracted to the seismic vessel 
and floats, and some ride the bow wave of the seismic vessel even when 
large arrays of airguns are firing (e.g., Moulton and Miller, 2005). 
Nonetheless, there have been indications that small toothed whales 
sometimes move away or maintain a somewhat greater distance from the 
vessel when a large array of airguns is operating than when it is 
silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008; 
Moulton and Holst, 2010). In most cases, the avoidance radii for 
delphinids appear to be small, on the order of one km or less, and some 
individuals show no apparent avoidance.
    Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited changes in behavior when 
exposed to strong pulsed sounds similar in duration to those typically 
used in seismic surveys (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002, 2005). However, 
the animals tolerated high received levels of sound (pk-pk level >200 
dB re 1 [mu]Pa) before exhibiting aversive behaviors.
Porpoises
    Results for porpoises depend upon the species. The limited 
available data suggest that harbor porpoises show stronger avoidance of 
seismic operations than do Dall's porpoises (Stone, 2003; MacLean and 
Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006). Dall's 
porpoises seem relatively tolerant of airgun operations (MacLean and 
Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006), although they too have been 
observed to avoid large arrays of operating airguns (Calambokidis and 
Osmek, 1998; Bain and Williams, 2006). This apparent difference in 
responsiveness of these two porpoise species is consistent with their 
relative responsiveness to boat traffic and some other acoustic sources 
(Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007).
Pinnipeds
    Pinnipeds are not likely to show a strong avoidance reaction to the 
airgun sources proposed for use. Visual monitoring from seismic vessels 
has shown only slight (if any) avoidance of airguns by pinnipeds and 
only slight (if any) changes in behavior. Monitoring work in the 
Alaskan Beaufort Sea during 1996-2001 provided considerable information 
regarding the behavior of Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic pulses 
(Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects 
usually involved arrays of 6 to 16 airguns with total volumes of 560 to 
1,500 in\3\. The combined results suggest that some seals avoid the 
immediate area around seismic vessels. In most survey years, ringed 
seal (Phoca hispida) sightings tended to be farther away from the 
seismic vessel when the airguns were operating than when they were not 
(Moulton and Lawson, 2002). However, these avoidance movements were 
relatively small, on the order of 100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of 
meters, and many seals remained within 100-200 m (328-656 ft) of the 
trackline as the operating airgun array passed by the animals. Seal 
sighting rates at the water surface were lower during airgun array 
operations than during no-airgun periods in each survey year except 
1997. Similarly, seals are often very tolerant of pulsed sounds from 
seal-scaring devices (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and Curry, 1994; 
Richardson et al., 1995). However, initial telemetry work suggests that 
avoidance and other behavioral reactions by two other species of seals 
to small airgun sources may at times be stronger than evident to date 
from visual studies of pinniped reactions to airguns (Thompson et al., 
1998).
Hearing Impairment
    Exposure to high intensity sound for a sufficient duration may 
result in auditory effects such as a noise-induced threshold shift--an 
increase in the auditory threshold after exposure to noise (Finneran et 
al., 2005). Factors that influence the amount of threshold shift 
include the amplitude, duration,

[[Page 6385]]

frequency content, temporal pattern, and energy distribution of noise 
exposure. The magnitude of hearing threshold shift normally decreases 
over time following cessation of the noise exposure. The amount of 
threshold shift just after exposure is the initial threshold shift. If 
the threshold shift eventually returns to zero (i.e., the threshold 
returns to the pre-exposure value), it is a temporary threshold shift 
(Southall et al., 2007).
    Threshold Shift (noise-induced loss of hearing)--When animals 
exhibit reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds must be louder for an 
animal to detect them) following exposure to an intense sound or sound 
for long duration, it is referred to as a noise-induced threshold shift 
(TS). An animal can experience temporary threshold shift (TTS) or 
permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS can last from minutes or hours to 
days (i.e., there is complete recovery), can occur in specific 
frequency ranges (i.e., an animal might only have a temporary loss of 
hearing sensitivity between the frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can 
be of varying amounts (for example, an animal's hearing sensitivity 
might be reduced initially by only 6 dB or reduced by 30 dB). PTS is 
permanent, but some recovery is possible. PTS can also occur in a 
specific frequency range and amount as mentioned above for TTS.
    The following physiological mechanisms are thought to play a role 
in inducing auditory TS: Effects to sensory hair cells in the inner ear 
that reduce their sensitivity, modification of the chemical environment 
within the sensory cells, residual muscular activity in the middle ear, 
displacement of certain inner ear membranes, increased blood flow, and 
post-stimulatory reduction in both efferent and sensory neural output 
(Southall et al., 2007). The amplitude, duration, frequency, temporal 
pattern, and energy distribution of sound exposure all can affect the 
amount of associated TS and the frequency range in which it occurs. As 
amplitude and duration of sound exposure increase, so, generally, does 
the amount of TS, along with the recovery time. For intermittent 
sounds, less TS could occur than compared to a continuous exposure with 
the same energy (some recovery could occur between intermittent 
exposures depending on the duty cycle between sounds) (Kryter et al., 
1966; Ward, 1997). For example, one short but loud (higher SPL) sound 
exposure may induce the same impairment as one longer but softer sound, 
which in turn may cause more impairment than a series of several 
intermittent softer sounds with the same total energy (Ward, 1997). 
Additionally, though TTS is temporary, prolonged exposure to sounds 
strong enough to elicit TTS, or shorter-term exposure to sound levels 
well above the TTS threshold, can cause PTS, at least in terrestrial 
mammals (Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of EMALL's survey, NMFS 
does not expect that animals would experience levels high enough or 
durations long enough to result in PTS given that the airgun is a very 
low volume airgun, and the use of the airgun will be restricted to 
seven days in a small geographic area.
    PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007). 
Irreparable damage to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause 
PTS; however, other mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the 
elastic limits of certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner 
ears and resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear 
fluids (Southall et al., 2007).
    Although the published body of scientific literature contains 
numerous theoretical studies and discussion papers on hearing 
impairments that can occur with exposure to a loud sound, only a few 
studies provide empirical information on the levels at which noise-
induced loss in hearing sensitivity occurs in non-human animals.
    Recent studies by Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011) 
found that despite completely reversible threshold shifts that leave 
cochlear sensory cells intact, large threshold shifts could cause 
synaptic level changes and delayed cochlear nerve degeneration in mice 
and guinea pigs, respectively. NMFS notes that the high level of TTS 
that led to the synaptic changes shown in these studies is in the range 
of the high degree of TTS that Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate 
PTS levels. It is unknown whether smaller levels of TTS would lead to 
similar changes. NMFS, however, acknowledges the complexity of noise 
exposure on the nervous system, and will re-examine this issue as more 
data become available.
    For marine mammals, published data are limited to the captive 
bottlenose dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless 
porpoise (Finneran et al., 2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2010a, 2010b; 
Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009a, 
2009b; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b; Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt et 
al., 2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For pinnipeds in water, data 
are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an elephant seal, 
and California sea lions (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005; Kastelein et al., 
2012b).
    Lucke et al. (2009) found a threshold shift (TS) of a harbor 
porpoise after exposing it to airgun noise with a received sound 
pressure level (SPL) at 200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re: 1 [mu]Pa, which 
corresponds to a sound exposure level of 164.5 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa2 s after 
integrating exposure. NMFS currently uses the root-mean-square (rms) of 
received SPL at 180 dB and 190 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa as the threshold above 
which permanent threshold shift (PTS) could occur for cetaceans and 
pinnipeds, respectively. Because the airgun noise is a broadband 
impulse, one cannot directly determine the equivalent of rms SPL from 
the reported peak-to-peak SPLs. However, applying a conservative 
conversion factor of 16 dB for broadband signals from seismic surveys 
(McCauley, et al., 2000) to correct for the difference between peak-to-
peak levels reported in Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs, the rms SPL 
for TTS would be approximately 184 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa, and the received 
levels associated with PTS (Level A harassment) would be higher. This 
is still above NMFS' current 180 dB rms re: 1 [mu]Pa threshold for 
injury. However, NMFS recognizes that TTS of harbor porpoises is lower 
than other cetacean species empirically tested (Finneran & Schlundt, 
2010; Finneran et al., 2002; Kastelein and Jennings, 2012).
    A recent study on bottlenose dolphins (Schlundt, et al., 2013) 
measured hearing thresholds at multiple frequencies to determine the 
amount of TTS induced before and after exposure to a sequence of 
impulses produced by a seismic air gun. The air gun volume and 
operating pressure varied from 40-150 in\3\ and 1000-2000 psi, 
respectively. After three years and 180 sessions, the authors observed 
no significant TTS at any test frequency, for any combinations of air 
gun volume, pressure, or proximity to the dolphin during behavioral 
tests (Schlundt, et al., 2013). Schlundt et al. (2013) suggest that the 
potential for airguns to cause hearing loss in dolphins is lower than 
previously predicted, perhaps as a result of the low-frequency content 
of air gun impulses compared to the high-frequency hearing ability of 
dolphins.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to

[[Page 6386]]

serious (similar to those discussed in auditory masking, below). For 
example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate for a brief, 
relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency range that 
occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there are not as 
many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and 
longer duration of TTS sustained during time when communication is 
critical for successful mother/calf interactions could have more 
serious impacts. Also, depending on the degree and frequency range, the 
effects of PTS on an animal could range in severity, although it is 
considered generally more serious because it is a permanent condition. 
Of note, reduced hearing sensitivity as a simple function of aging has 
been observed in marine mammals, as well as humans and other taxa 
(Southall et al., 2007), so one can infer that strategies exist for 
coping with this condition to some degree, though likely not without 
cost.
    Given the higher level of sound necessary to cause PTS as compared 
with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS would occur during 
the survey; TTS is also unlikely. Cetaceans generally avoid the 
immediate area around operating seismic vessels, as do some other 
marine mammals. Some pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to airguns, but 
their avoidance reactions are generally not as strong or consistent 
compared to cetacean reactions.
    Non-auditory Physical Effects: Non-auditory physical effects might 
occur in marine mammals exposed to strong underwater pulsed sound. 
Possible types of non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that 
theoretically might occur in mammals close to a strong sound source 
include stress, neurological effects, bubble formation, and other types 
of organ or tissue damage. Some marine mammal species (i.e., beaked 
whales) may be especially susceptible to injury and/or stranding when 
exposed to strong pulsed sounds.
    Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous 
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception 
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually 
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to 
trigger a stress response (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005; Seyle, 
1950). Once an animal's central nervous system perceives a threat, it 
mounts a biological response or defense that consists of a combination 
of the four general biological defense responses: Behavioral responses; 
autonomic nervous system responses; neuroendocrine responses; or immune 
responses.
    In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and most 
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance 
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a 
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the 
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical 
``fight or flight'' response, which includes the cardiovascular system, 
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal 
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with stress. 
These responses have a relatively short duration and may or may not 
have significant long-term effects on an animal's welfare.
    An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its 
neuroendocrine or sympathetic nervous systems; the system that has 
received the most study has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-adrenal 
(HPA) system (also known as the HPA axis in mammals or the 
hypothalamus-pituitary-interrenal axis in fish and some reptiles). 
Unlike stress responses associated with the autonomic nervous system, 
the pituitary hormones regulate virtually all neuroendocrine functions 
affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of 
pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg, 
1987; Rivier, 1995), altered metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), and 
reduced immune competence (Blecha, 2000). Increases in the circulation 
of glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone, and aldosterone in 
marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been equated with stress 
for many years.
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost 
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen 
stores that the body quickly replenishes after alleviation of the 
stressor. In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would 
not pose a risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does 
not have sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a 
stress response, it diverts energy resources from other biotic 
functions, which impair those functions that experience the diversion. 
For example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from 
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth 
(McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). When mounting a stress response diverts 
energy from a fetus, an animal's reproductive success and fitness will 
suffer. In these cases, the animals will have entered a pre-
pathological or pathological state called ``distress'' (sensu Seyle, 
1950) or ``allostatic loading'' (sensu McEwen and Wingfield, 2003). 
This pathological state will last until the animal replenishes its 
biotic reserves sufficient to restore normal function. Note that these 
examples involved a long-term (days or weeks) stress response exposure 
to stimuli.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented 
fairly well through controlled experiment; because this physiology 
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising 
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both 
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al., 
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004; 
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer, 
2000). Although no information has been collected on the physiological 
responses of marine mammals to anthropogenic sound exposure, studies of 
other marine animals and terrestrial animals would lead us to expect 
some marine mammals to experience physiological stress responses and, 
perhaps, physiological responses that would be classified as 
``distress'' upon exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
    For example, Jansen (1998) reported on the relationship between 
acoustic exposures and physiological responses that are indicative of 
stress responses in humans (e.g., elevated respiration and increased 
heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human performance 
when faced with acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic disturbance. 
Trimper et al. (1998) reported on the physiological stress responses of 
osprey to low-level aircraft noise while Krausman et al. (2004) 
reported on the auditory and physiology stress responses of endangered 
Sonoran pronghorn to military overflights. Smith et al. (2004a, 2004b) 
identified noise-induced physiological transient stress responses in 
hearing-specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that accompanied short- and 
long-term hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970) reported physiological 
and behavioral stress responses that accompanied damage to the inner 
ears of fish and several mammals.
    Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather 
information about their environment

[[Page 6387]]

and communicate with conspecifics. Although empirical information on 
the relationship between sensory impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic 
masking) on marine mammals remains limited, we assume that reducing a 
marine mammal's ability to gather information about its environment and 
communicate with other members of its species would induce stress, 
based on data that terrestrial animals exhibit those responses under 
similar conditions (NRC, 2003) and because marine mammals use hearing 
as their primary sensory mechanism. Therefore, NMFS assumes that 
acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS would be 
accompanied by physiological stress responses. More importantly, marine 
mammals might experience stress responses at received levels lower than 
those necessary to trigger onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the 
time required to recover from stress responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS 
also assumes that stress responses could persist beyond the time 
interval required for animals to recover from TTS and might result in 
pathological and pre-pathological states that would be as significant 
as behavioral responses to TTS.
    Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and direct noise-induced bubble 
formations (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in the case of exposure 
to an impulsive broadband source like an airgun array. If seismic 
surveys disrupt diving patterns of deep-diving species, this might 
result in bubble formation and a form of the bends, as speculated to 
occur in beaked whales exposed to sonar. However, there is no specific 
evidence of this upon exposure to airgun pulses.
    In general, there are few data about the potential for strong, 
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects 
in marine mammals. Such effects, if they occur at all, would presumably 
be limited to short distances and to activities that extend over a 
prolonged period. The available data do not allow identification of a 
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be 
expected (Southall et al., 2007) or any meaningful quantitative 
predictions of the numbers (if any) of marine mammals that might be 
affected in those ways. There is no definitive evidence that any of 
these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity to large 
arrays of airguns. In addition, marine mammals that show behavioral 
avoidance of seismic vessels, including some pinnipeds, are unlikely to 
incur non-auditory impairment or other physical effects. The low volume 
of the airgun proposed for this activity combined with the limited 
scope of use makes non-auditory physical effects from airgun use, 
including stress, unlikely. Therefore, we do not anticipate such 
effects would occur given the brief duration of exposure during the 
survey.
Stranding and Mortality
    When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and 
becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the event is a 
``stranding'' (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and 
Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a stranding 
under the MMPA is that ``(A) a marine mammal is dead and is (i) on a 
beach or shore of the United States; or (ii) in waters under the 
jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters); or 
(B) a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on a beach or shore of the 
United States and is unable to return to the water; (ii) on a beach or 
shore of the United States and, although able to return to the water, 
is in need of apparent medical attention; or (iii) in the waters under 
the jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters), 
but is unable to return to its natural habitat under its own power or 
without assistance.''
    Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious 
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, 
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or 
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series. 
However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci et 
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; Best, 1982). Numerous 
studies suggest that the physiology, behavior, habitat relationships, 
age, or condition of cetaceans may cause them to strand or might pre-
dispose them to strand when exposed to another phenomenon. These 
suggestions are consistent with the conclusions of numerous other 
studies that have demonstrated that combinations of dissimilar 
stressors commonly combine to kill an animal or dramatically reduce its 
fitness, even though one exposure without the other does not produce 
the same result (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries et al., 2003; 
Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea, 2005a; 
2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al., 2004). Given the low volume and source 
level of the proposed airgun, standing and mortality are not 
anticipated due to use of the airgun proposed for this activity.

2. Potential Effects of Other Acoustic Devices

Sub-Bottom Profiler
    EMALL would also operate a sub-bottom profiler chirp and boomer 
from the source vessel during the proposed survey. The chirp's sounds 
are very short pulses, occurring for one ms, six times per second. Most 
of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by the profiler is at 2-6 
kHz, and the beam is directed downward. The chirp has a maximum source 
level of 202 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa, with a tilt angle of 90 degrees below 
horizontal and a beam width of 24 degrees. The sub-bottom profiler 
boomer will shoot approximately every 3.125 m, with shots lasting 1.5 
to 2 seconds. Most of the energy in the sound pulses emitted by the 
boomer is concentrated between 0.5 and 6 kHz, with a source level of 
205 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa. The tilt of the boomer is 90 degrees below 
horizontal, but the emission is omnidirectional. Kremser et al. (2005) 
noted that the probability of a cetacean swimming through the area of 
exposure when a bottom profiler emits a pulse is small--because if the 
animal was in the area, it would have to pass the transducer at close 
range in order to be subjected to sound levels that could cause 
temporary threshold shift and would likely exhibit avoidance behavior 
to the area near the transducer rather than swim through at such a 
close range.
    Masking: Both the chirper and boomer sub-bottom profilers produce 
impulsive sound exceeding 160 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). The louder 
boomer operates at a source value of 205 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms), but 
with a frequency between 0.5 and 6 kHz, which is lower than the maximum 
sensitivity hearing range of any the local species (belugas--40-130 
kHz;, killer whales--7-30 kHz; harbor porpoise--100-140 kHz; and harbor 
seals--10-30 kHz; Wartzok and Ketten 1999, Southall et al. 2007, 
Kastelein et al. 2002). While the chirper is not as loud (202 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa-m [rms]), it does operate at a higher frequency range (2-16 
kHz), and within the maximum sensitive range of all of the local 
species except beluga whales.
    Marine mammal communications would not likely be masked appreciably 
by the profiler's signals given the directionality of the signal and 
the brief period when an individual mammal is likely to be within its 
beam. Furthermore, despite the fact that the profiler overlaps with 
hearing ranges of many marine mammal species in the area, the 
profiler's signals do not overlap with the predominant frequencies in 
the calls, which would avoid significant masking.

[[Page 6388]]

    Behavioral Responses: Responses to the profiler are likely to be 
similar to the other pulsed sources discussed earlier if received at 
the same levels. The behavioral response of local marine mammals to the 
operation of the sub-bottom profilers is expected to be similar to that 
of the small airgun. The odontocetes are likely to avoid the sub-bottom 
profiler activity, especially the naturally shy harbor porpoise, while 
the harbor seals might be attracted to them out of curiosity. However, 
because the sub-bottom profilers operate from a moving vessel, and the 
maximum radius to the 160 dB harassment threshold is only 263 m (863 
ft), the area and time that this equipment would be affecting a given 
location is very small.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects: It is unlikely that 
the sub-bottom profilers produce sound levels strong enough to cause 
hearing impairment or other physical injuries even in an animal that is 
(briefly) in a position near the source (Wood et al. 2012). The 
likelihood of marine mammals moving away from the source make if 
further unlikely that a marine mammal would be able to approach close 
to the transducers.
    Animals may avoid the area around the survey vessels, thereby 
reducing exposure. Any disturbance to marine mammals is likely to be in 
the form of temporary avoidance or alteration of opportunistic foraging 
behavior near the survey location.
Vibracore
    EMALL would conduct vibracoring in a portion of Cook Inlet for a 
total of 120 vibracoring occurrences. While duration is dependent on 
sediment type, the driving mechanism, which emits sound at a source 
level of 187dB re: 1 [mu]Pa, will only bore for 1 to 2 minutes. The 
sound is emitted at a frequency of 10 Hz to 20 kHz.
    Masking: It is unlikely that masking will occur due to vibracore 
operations. Chorney et al. (2011) conducted sound measurements on an 
operating vibracorer in Alaska and found that it emitted a sound 
pressure level at 1-m source of 188 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms), with a 
frequency range of between 10 Hz and 20 kHz. While the frequency range 
overlaps the lower ends of the maximum sensitivity hearing ranges of 
harbor porpoises, killer whales, and harbor seals, and the continuous 
sound extends 2.54 km (1.6 mi) to the 120 dB threshold, the vibracorer 
will operate about the one or two minutes it takes to drive the core 
pipe 7 m (20 ft) into the sediment, and approximately twice per day. 
Therefore, there is very little opportunity for this activity to mask 
the communication of local marine mammals.
    Behavioral Response: It is unlikely that vibracoring will elicit 
behavioral responses that rise to the level of a take from marine 
mammal species in the area. A review of similar survey activity in New 
Zealand by their Department of Conservation classified the likely 
effects from vibracore and similar activity to be some habitat 
degradation and prey species effects, but primarily behavioral 
responses, although the species in the analyzed area were different to 
those found in Cook Inlet (Thompson, 2012). The category of behavioral 
responses covered a suite of behaviors including altered respiration 
and dive patterns, disruption of foraging or nursing, and temporary 
displacement from particular habitats.
    There are no data on the behavioral response to vibracore activity 
of marine mammals in Cook Inlet. The closest analog to vibracoring 
might be exploratory drilling, although there is a notable difference 
in magnitude between an oil and gas drilling operation and collecting 
sediment samples with a vibracorer. Thomas et al. (1990) played back 
drilling sound to four captive beluga whales and found no statistical 
difference in swim patterns, social groups, respiration and dive rates, 
or stress hormone levels before and during playbacks. There is no 
reason to believe that beluga whales or any other marine mammal exposed 
to vibracoring sound would behave any differently, especially since 
vibracoring occurs for only one or two minutes.
    Hearing Impairment and Other Physical Effects: The vibracorer 
operates for only one or two minutes at a time with a 1-m source of 
187.4 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m (rms). It is neither loud enough nor does it 
operate for a long enough duration to induce either TTS or PTS.
Stranding and Mortality
    Stress, Stranding, and Mortality Safety zones will be established 
to prevent acoustical injury to local marine mammals, especially injury 
that could indirectly lead to mortality. Also, G&G sound is not 
expected to cause resonate effects to gas-filled spaces or airspaces in 
marine mammals based on the research of Finneran (2003) on beluga 
whales showing that the tissue and other body masses dampen any 
potential effects of resonance on ear cavities, lungs, and intestines. 
Chronic exposure to sound could lead to physiological stress eventually 
causing hormonal imbalances (NRC 2005). If survival demands are already 
high, and/or additional stressors are present, the ability of the 
animal to cope decreases, leading to pathological conditions or death 
(NRC 2005). Potential effects may be greatest where sound disturbance 
can disrupt feeding patterns including displacement from critical 
feeding grounds. However, all G&G exposure to marine mammals would be 
of duration measured in minutes.
    Specific sound-related processes that lead to strandings and 
mortality are not well documented, but may include (1) swimming in 
avoidance of a sound into shallow water; (2) a change in behavior (such 
as a change in diving behavior) that might contribute to tissue damage, 
gas bubble formation, hypoxia, cardiac arrhythmia, hypertensive 
hemorrhage, or other forms of trauma; (3) a physiological change such 
as a vestibular response leading to a behavioral change or stress-
induced hemorrhagic diathesis, leading in turn to tissue damage; and, 
(4) tissue damage directly from sound exposure, such as through 
acoustically mediated bubble formation and growth or acoustic resonance 
of tissues (Wood et al. 2012). Some of these mechanisms are unlikely to 
apply in the case of impulse G&G sounds, especially since airguns and 
sub-bottom profilers produce broadband sound with low pressure rise. 
Strandings to date which have been attributed to sound exposure related 
to date from military exercises using narrowband mid-frequency sonar 
with a much greater likelihood to cause physical damage (Balcomb and 
Claridge 2001, NOAA and USN, 2001, Hildebrand 2005).
    The low intensity, low frequency, broadband sound associated with 
airguns and sub-bottom profilers, combined with the shutdown safety 
zone mitigation measure for the airgun would prevent physical damage to 
marine mammals. The vibracoring would also be unlikely to have the 
capability of causing physical damage to marine mammals because of its 
low intensity and short duration.

3. Potential Effects of Vessel Movement and Collisions

    Vessel movement in the vicinity of marine mammals has the potential 
to result in either a behavioral response or a direct physical 
interaction. We discuss both scenarios here.
    Behavioral Responses to Vessel Movement: There are limited data 
concerning marine mammal behavioral responses to vessel traffic and 
vessel noise, and a lack of consensus among scientists with respect to 
what these responses mean or whether they result in short-term or long-
term adverse effects. In those cases where there is a busy shipping 
lane or where there is a

[[Page 6389]]

large amount of vessel traffic, marine mammals may experience acoustic 
masking (Hildebrand, 2005) if they are present in the area (e.g., 
killer whales in Puget Sound; Foote et al., 2004; Holt et al., 2008). 
In cases where vessels actively approach marine mammals (e.g., whale 
watching or dolphin watching boats), scientists have documented that 
animals exhibit altered behavior such as increased swimming speed, 
erratic movement, and active avoidance behavior (Bursk, 1983; Acevedo, 
1991; Baker and MacGibbon, 1991; Trites and Bain, 2000; Williams et 
al., 2002; Constantine et al., 2003), reduced blow interval (Ritcher et 
al., 2003), disruption of normal social behaviors (Lusseau, 2003; 
2006), and the shift of behavioral activities which may increase 
energetic costs (Constantine et al., 2003; 2004). A detailed review of 
marine mammal reactions to ships and boats is available in Richardson 
et al. (1995). For each of the marine mammal taxonomy groups, 
Richardson et al. (1995) provides the following assessment regarding 
reactions to vessel traffic:
    Pinnipeds: Reactions by pinnipeds to vessel disturbance largely 
involve relocation. Harbor seals hauled out on mud flats have been 
documented returning to the water in response to nearing boat traffic. 
Vessels that approach haulouts slowly may also elicit alert reactions 
without flushing from the haulout. Small boats with slow, constant 
speed elicit the least noticeable reactions. However, in Alaska 
specifically, harbor seals are documented to tolerate fishing vessels 
with no discernable reactions, and habituation is common (Burns in 
Johnson et al., 1989).
    Porpoises: Harbor porpoises are often seen changing direction in 
the presence of vessel traffic. Avoidance has been documented up to 1km 
away from an approaching vessel, but the avoidance response is 
strengthened in closer proximity to vessels (Barlow, 1998; Palka, 
1993). This avoidance behavior is not consistent across all porpoises, 
as Dall's porpoises have been observed approaching boats.
    Toothed whales: In summary, toothed whales sometimes show no 
avoidance reaction to vessels, or even approach them. However, 
avoidance can occur, especially in response to vessels of types used to 
chase or hunt the animals. This may cause temporary displacement, but 
we know of no clear evidence that toothed whales have abandoned 
significant parts of their range because of vessel traffic.
    Behavioral responses to stimuli are complex and influenced to 
varying degrees by a number of factors, such as species, behavioral 
contexts, geographical regions, source characteristics (moving or 
stationary, speed, direction, etc.), prior experience of the animal and 
physical status of the animal. For example, studies have shown that 
beluga whales' reactions varied when exposed to vessel noise and 
traffic. In some cases, naive beluga whales exhibited rapid swimming 
from ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7 mi) away, and showed 
changes in surfacing, breathing, diving, and group composition in the 
Canadian high Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley et al., 
1990). In other cases, beluga whales were more tolerant of vessels, but 
responded differentially to certain vessels and operating 
characteristics by reducing their calling rates (especially older 
animals) in the St. Lawrence River where vessel traffic is common 
(Blane and Jaakson, 1994). In Bristol Bay, Alaska, beluga whales 
continued to feed when surrounded by fishing vessels and resisted 
dispersal even when purposefully harassed (Fish and Vania, 1971).
    In reviewing more than 25 years of whale observation data, Watkins 
(1986) concluded that whale reactions to vessel traffic were ``modified 
by their previous experience and current activity: Habituation often 
occurred rapidly, attention to other stimuli or preoccupation with 
other activities sometimes overcame their interest or wariness of 
stimuli.'' Watkins noticed that over the years of exposure to ships in 
the Cape Cod area, minke whales changed from frequent positive interest 
(e.g., approaching vessels) to generally uninterested reactions; fin 
whales changed from mostly negative (e.g., avoidance) to uninterested 
reactions; right whales apparently continued the same variety of 
responses (negative, uninterested, and positive responses) with little 
change; and humpbacks dramatically changed from mixed responses that 
were often negative to reactions that were often strongly positive. 
Watkins (1986) summarized that ``whales near shore, even in regions 
with low vessel traffic, generally have become less wary of boats and 
their noises, and they have appeared to be less easily disturbed than 
previously. In particular locations with intense shipping and repeated 
approaches by boats (such as the whale-watching areas of Stellwagen 
Bank), more and more whales had positive reactions to familiar vessels, 
and they also occasionally approached other boats and yachts in the 
same ways.''
Vessel Strike
    Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause major wounds, which may lead to 
the death of the animal. An animal at the surface could be struck 
directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the bottom of a 
vessel, or a vessel's propeller could injure an animal just below the 
surface. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and 
speed of the vessel (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001; 
Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007).
    The most vulnerable marine mammals are those that spend extended 
periods of time at the surface in order to restore oxygen levels within 
their tissues after deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In addition, 
some baleen whales, such as the North Atlantic right whale, seem 
generally unresponsive to vessel sound, making them more susceptible to 
vessel collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These species are primarily 
large, slow moving whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g., bottlenose 
dolphin) move quickly through the water column and are often seen 
riding the bow wave of large ships. Marine mammal responses to vessels 
may include avoidance and changes in dive pattern (NRC, 2003).
    An examination of all known ship strikes from all shipping sources 
(civilian and military) indicates vessel speed is a principal factor in 
whether a vessel strike results in death (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; 
Laist et al., 2001; Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 
2007). In assessing records with known vessel speeds, Laist et al. 
(2001) found a direct relationship between the occurrence of a whale 
strike and the speed of the vessel involved in the collision. The 
authors concluded that most deaths occurred when a vessel was traveling 
in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9 mph; 13 kts). Given the slow vessel speeds 
necessary for data acquisition, ship strike is unlikely to occur during 
this survey.
Entanglement
    Entanglement can occur if wildlife becomes immobilized in survey 
lines, cables, nets, or other equipment that is moving through the 
water column. The proposed survey would require towing approximately 
150 ft of cables. This size of the array generally carries a lower risk 
of entanglement for marine mammals. Wildlife, especially slow moving 
individuals, such as large whales, have a low probability of 
entanglement due to the low amount of slack in the lines, slow speed of 
the survey vessel, and onboard monitoring. Pinnipeds and porpoises are 
the least likely to entangle in equipment, as most

[[Page 6390]]

documented cases of entanglement involve fishing gear and prey species 
(Gales et al., 2003). There are no reported cases of entanglement from 
geophysical equipment in the Cook Inlet area.

Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat

    The G&G Program survey areas are within upper Cook Inlet, primarily 
north of the Forelands although the Marine Terminal survey area is 
located near Nikiski just south of the East Foreland, which includes 
habitat for prey species of marine mammals, including fish as well as 
invertebrates eaten by Cook Inlet beluga whales. This area contains 
Critical Habitat for Cook Inlet belugas, is near the breeding grounds 
for the local harbor seal population, and serves as an occasional 
feeding ground for killer whales and harbor porpoises. Cook Inlet is a 
large subarctic estuary roughly 299 km (186 mi) in length and averaging 
96 km (60 mi) in width. It extends from the city of Anchorage at its 
northern end and flows into the Gulf of Alaska at its southernmost end. 
For descriptive purposes, Cook Inlet is separated into unique upper and 
lower sections, divided at the East and West Forelands, where the 
opposing peninsulas create a natural waistline in the length of the 
waterway, measuring approximately 16 km (10 mi) across (Mulherin et 
al., 2001).
    Potential effects on beluga habitat would be limited to noise 
effects on prey; direct impact to benthic habitat from jack-up platform 
leg placement, and sampling with grabs, coring, and boring; and small 
discharges of drill cuttings and drilling mud associated with the 
borings. Portions of the survey areas include waters of Cook Inlet that 
are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous 
streams. Several anadromous streams (Three-mile Creek, Indian Creek, 
and two unnamed streams) enter the Cook Inlet within the survey areas. 
Other anadromous streams are located within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of the 
survey areas. The survey program will not prevent beluga access to the 
mouths of these streams and will result in no short-term or long-term 
loss of intertidal or subtidal waters that are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth 
and within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous streams. Minor seafloor 
impacts will occur in these areas from grab samples, PCPTs, vibracores, 
or geotechnical borings but will have no effect on the area as beluga 
habitat once the vessel or jack-up platform has left. The survey 
program will have no effect on this habitat.
    Cook Inlet beluga whales may avoid areas ensonified by the 
geophysical or geotechnical activities that generate sound with 
frequencies within the beluga hearing range and at levels above 
threshold values. This includes the chirp sub-bottom profiler with a 
radius of 631 m, the boomer sub-bottom profiler with a radius of 1 km, 
the airgun with a radius of 300 m and the vibracore with a radius of 
6.2 m. The sub-bottom profilers and the airgun will be operated from a 
vessel moving at speeds of about 4 kt. The chirp may also be operated 
concurrently with an airgun. The airgun may also be used as a 
stationary source in the Marine Facilities area. The operation of a 
vibracore has a duration of approximately 1-2 minutes. All of these 
activities will be conducted in relatively open areas of the Cook Inlet 
within Critical Habitat Area 2. Given the size and openness of the Cook 
Inlet in the survey areas, and the relatively small area and mobile/
temporary nature of the zones of ensonification, the generation of 
sound by the G&G activities is not expected to result in any 
restriction of passage of belugas within or between critical habitat 
areas. The jack-up platform from which the geotechnical borings will be 
conducted will be attached to the seafloor with legs, and will be in 
place at a given location for up to 4-5 days, but given its small size 
(Table 4 in the application) would not result in any obstruction of 
passage by belugas.
    Upper Cook Inlet comprises the area between Point Campbell 
(Anchorage) down to the Forelands, and is roughly 95 km (59 mi) in 
length and 24.9 km (15.5 mi) in width (Mulherin et al., 2001). Five 
major rivers (Knik, Matanuska, Susitna, Little Susitna, and Beluga) 
deliver freshwater to upper Cook Inlet, carrying a heavy annual 
sediment load of over 40 million tons of eroded materials and glacial 
silt (Brabets 1999). As a result, upper Cook Inlet is relatively 
shallow, averaging 18.3 m (60 ft) in depth. It is characterized by 
shoals, mudflats, and a wide coastal shelf, less than 17.9 m (59 ft) 
deep, extending from the eastern shore. A deep trough exists between 
Trading Bay and the Middle Ground Shoal, ranging from 35 to 77 m (114-
253 ft) deep (NOAA Nautical Chart 16660). The substrate consists of a 
mixture of coarse gravels, cobbles, pebbles, sand, clay, and silt 
(Bouma et al. 1978, Rappeport 1982).
    Upper Cook Inlet experiences some of the most extreme tides in the 
world, demonstrated by a mean tidal range from 4.0 m (13 ft) at the 
Gulf of Alaska end to 8.8 m (29 ft) near Anchorage (U.S. Army Corps of 
Engineers 2013). Tidal currents reach 3.9 kts per second (Mulherin et 
al., 2001) in upper Cook Inlet, increasing to 5.7-7.7 kts per second 
near the Forelands where the inlet is constricted. Each tidal cycle 
creates significant turbulence and vertical mixing of the water column 
in the upper inlet (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2013), and are 
reversing, meaning that they are marked by a period of slack tide 
followed an acceleration in the opposite direction (Mulherin et al,. 
2001).
    Because of scouring, mixing, and sediment transport from these 
currents, the marine invertebrate community is very limited (Pentec 
2005). Of the 50 stations sampled by Saupe et al. 2005 for marine 
invertebrates in Southcentral Alaska, their upper Cook Inlet station 
had by far the lowest abundance and diversity. Further, the fish 
community of upper Cook Inlet is characterized largely by migratory 
fish--eulachon and Pacific salmon--returning to spawning rivers, or 
outmigrating salmon smolts. Moulton (1997) documented only 18 fish 
species in upper Cook Inlet compared to at least 50 species found in 
lower Cook Inlet (Robards et al. 1999).
    Lower Cook Inlet extends from the Forelands southwest to the inlet 
mouth demarked by an approximate line between Cape Douglas and English 
Bay. Water circulation in lower Cook Inlet is dominated by the Alaska 
Coastal Current (ACC) that flows northward along the shores of the 
Kenai Peninsula until it turns westward and is mixed by the combined 
influences of freshwater input from upper Cook Inlet, wind, topography, 
tidal surges, and the coriolis effect (Field and Walker 2003, MMS 
1996). Upwelling by the ACC brings nutrient-rich waters to lower Cook 
Inlet and contributes to a biologically rich and productive ecology 
(Sambrotto and Lorenzen 1986). Tidal currents average 2-3 kt per second 
and are rotary in that they do not completely go slack before rotating 
around into an opposite direction (Gatto 1976, Mulherin et al. 2001). 
Depths in the central portion of lower Cook Inlet are 60-80 m (197-262 
ft) and decrease steadily toward the shores (Muench 1981). Bottom 
sediments in the lower inlet are coarse gravel and sand that grade to 
finer sand and mud toward the south (Bouma 1978).
    Coarser substrate support a wide variety of invertebrates and fish 
including Pacific halibut, Dungeness crab, tanner crab, pandalid 
shrimp, Pacific cod, and rock sole, while the soft-bottom sand and silt 
communities are dominated by polychaetes, bivalves and other flatfish 
(Field and Walker

[[Page 6391]]

2003). These species constitute prey species for several marine mammals 
in Cook Inlet, including pinnipeds and Cook Inlet belugas. Sea urchins 
and sea cucumbers are important otter prey and are found in shell 
debris communities. Razor clams are found all along the beaches of the 
Kenai Peninsula. In general, the lower Cook Inlet marine invertebrate 
community is of low abundance, dominated by polychaetes, until reaching 
the mouth of the inlet (Saupe et al. 2005). Overall, the lower Cook 
Inlet marine ecosystem is fed by midwater communities of phytoplankton 
and zooplankton, with the latter composed mostly of copepods and 
barnacle and crab larvae (Damkaer 1977, English 1980).
    G&G Program activities that could potentially impact marine mammal 
habitats include sediment sampling (vibracore, boring, grab sampling) 
on the sea bottom, placement of the jack-up platform spud cans, and 
acoustical injury of prey resources. However, there are few benthic 
resources in the survey area that could be impacted by collection of 
the small samples (Saupe et al. 2005). These activities are temporary 
in nature and for short durations.
    Acoustical effects to marine mammal prey resources are also 
limited. Christian et al. (2004) studied seismic energy impacts on male 
snow crabs and found no significant increases in physiological stress 
due to exposure to high sound pressure levels. No acoustical impact 
studies have been conducted to date on the above fish species, but 
studies have been conducted on Atlantic cod and sardine. Davis et al. 
(1998) cited various studies that found no effects to Atlantic cod 
eggs, larvae, and fry when received levels were 222 dB. Effects found 
were to larval fish within about 5.0 m (16 ft), and from air guns with 
volumes between 49,661 and 65,548 cm3 (3,000 and 4,000 in\3\). 
Similarly, effects to sardine were greatest on eggs and 2-day larvae, 
but these effects were greatest at 0.5 m (1.6 ft), and again confined 
to 5.0 m (16 ft). Further, Greenlaw et al. (1988) found no evidence of 
gross histological damage to eggs and larvae of northern anchovy 
exposed to seismic air guns, and concluded that noticeable effects 
would result only from multiple, close exposures. Based on these 
results, much lower energy impulsive geophysical equipment planned for 
this program would not damage larval fish or any other marine mammal 
prey resource.
    Potential damage to the Cook Inlet benthic community will be 
limited to the actual surface area of the four spud cans that form the 
``foot'' of each 0.762-m (30-in) diameter leg, the 42 0.1524-m (6-in) 
diameter borings, and the 55 0.0762-m (3-in) diameter vibracore 
samplings (plus several grab and PCPT samples). Collectively, these 
samples would temporarily damage about a hundred square meters of 
benthic habitat relative to the size (nearly 21,000 km2/8,108 mi2) of 
Cook Inlet. Overall, sediment sampling and acoustical effects on prey 
resources will have a negligible effect at most on the marine mammal 
habitat within the G&G Program survey area. Some prey resources might 
be temporarily displaced, but no long-term effects are expected.
    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program will result in a number of minor 
discharges to the waters of Cook Inlet. Discharges associated with the 
geotechnical borings will include: (1) The discharge of drill cuttings 
and drilling fluids and (2) the discharge of deck drainage (runoff of 
precipitation and deck wash water) from the geotechnical drilling 
platform. Other vessels associated with the G&G surveys will discharge 
wastewaters that are normally associated with the operation of vessels 
in transit including deck drainage, ballast water, bilge water, non-
contact cooling water, and gray water.
    The discharges of drill cuttings, drilling fluids, and deck 
drainage associated with the geotechnical borings will be within 
limitations authorized by the Alaska Department of Environmental 
Conservation under the Alaska Pollutant Discharge Elimination System. 
The drill cuttings consist of natural geologic materials of the 
seafloor sediments brought to the surface via the drill bit/drill stem 
of the rotary drilling operation, will be relatively minor in volume, 
and deposit over a very small area of Cook Inlet seafloor. The drilling 
fluids which are used to lubricate the bit, stabilize the hole, and 
viscosify the slurry for transport of the solids to the surface will 
consist of seawater and guar gum. Guar gum is a high-molecular weight 
polysaccharide (galactose and mannose units) derived from the ground 
seeds of the plant Cyampsis gonolobus. It is a non-toxic fluid also 
used as a food additive in soups, drinks, breads, and meat products.
    Vessel discharges will be authorized under the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency's (EPA's) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination 
System (NPDES) Vessel General Permit (VGP) for Discharges Incidental to 
the Normal Operation of Vessels. Each vessel will have obtained 
authorization under the VGP and will discharge according to the 
conditions and limitations mandated by the permit. As required by 
statute and regulation, the EPA has made a determination that such 
discharges will not result in any unreasonable degradation of the 
marine environment, including:
     Significant adverse changes in ecosystem diversity, 
productivity and stability of the biological community within the area 
of discharge and surrounding biological communities,
     Threat to human health through direct exposure to 
pollutants or through consumption of exposed aquatic organisms, or
     Loss of aesthetic, recreational, scientific or economic 
values which is unreasonable in relation to the benefit derived from 
the discharge.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an incidental take authorization under section 
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods 
of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the 
least practicable adverse impact on such species or stock and its 
habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and 
areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species 
or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant).
    EMALL has proposed the following mitigation measures. To mitigate 
potential acoustical impacts to local marine mammals, Protected Species 
Observers (PSOs) will operate aboard the vessels from which the 
chirper, boomer, airgun, and vibracorer will be deployed. The PSOs will 
implement the mitigation measures described in the Marine Mammal 
Monitoring and Mitigation Plan (Appendix A of the application). These 
mitigations include: (1) Establishing safety zones to ensure marine 
mammals are not injured by sound pressure levels exceeding Level A 
injury thresholds; (2) shutting down the airgun when required to avoid 
harassment of beluga whales approaching the 160-dB disturbance zone; 
and (3) timing survey activity to avoid concentrations of beluga whales 
on a seasonal basis.
    Before chirper, boomer, airgun, and vibracoring operations begin 
each day and before restarting operations after a shutdown of 15 
minutes or greater, the PSOs will ``clear'' both the Level A and Level 
B Zones of Influence (ZOIs--area from the source to the 160dB or 180/
190dB isopleths) of marine mammals by intensively surveying these ZOIs 
prior to activity to confirm that marine mammals are not seen in the 
applicable area. All three geophysical activities (boomer, chirp, 
airgun) will be shut down in mid-operation at the approach

[[Page 6392]]

to any marine mammal to the Level A safety zone, and at the approach of 
an ESA-listed beluga whale to the Level B harassment zone for these 
sources. The geotechnical vibracoring lasts only one or two minutes and 
shutdowns are likely impossible. Finally, the G&G Program will be 
planned to avoid high beluga whale density areas. This would be 
achieved by conducting surveys at the Marine Terminal and the southern 
end of the pipeline survey area when beluga whales are farther north, 
feeding near the Susitna Delta, and completing activities in the 
northern portion of the pipeline survey area when the Cook Inlet beluga 
whales have begun to disperse from the Susitna Delta and other summer 
concentration areas.

Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation Monitoring

    EMALL will hire qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs. These PSOs will 
be stationed aboard the geophysical survey source or support vessels 
during sub-bottom profiling, air gun, and vibracoring operations. A 
single senior PSO will be assigned to oversee all Marine Mammal 
Mitigation and Monitoring Program mandates and function as the on-site 
person-in-chargeimplementing the 4MP.
    Generally, two PSOs will work on a rotational basis during daylight 
hours with shifts of 4 to 6 hours, and one PSO on duty on each source 
vessel at all times. Work days for an individual PSO will not exceed 12 
hours in duration. Sufficient numbers of PSOs will be available and 
provided to meet requirements.
    Roles and responsibilities of all PSOs include the following:
     Accurately observe and record sensitive marine mammal 
species;
     Follow monitoring and data collection procedures; and
     Ensure mitigation measures are followed.
    PSOs will be stationed at the best available vantage point on the 
source vessels. PSOs will scan systematically with the unaided eye and 
7x50 reticle binoculars. As necessary, new PSOs will be paired with 
experienced PSOs to ensure that the quality of marine mammal 
observations and data recording are consistent.
    All field data collected will be entered by the end of the day into 
a custom database using a notebook computer. Weather data relative to 
viewing conditions will be collected hourly, on rotation, and when 
sightings occur and include the following:
     Sea state;
     Wind speed and direction;
     Sun position; and
     Percent glare.
    The following data will be collected for all marine mammal 
sightings:
     Bearing and distance to the sighting;
     Species identification;
     Behavior at the time of sighting (e.g., travel, spy-hop, 
breach, etc.);
     Direction and speed relative to vessel;
     Reaction to activities--changes in behavior (e.g., none, 
avoidance, approach, paralleling, etc.);
     Group size;
     Orientation when sighted (e.g., toward, away, parallel, 
etc.);
     Closest point of approach;
     Sighting cue (e.g., animal, splash, birds, etc.);
     Physical description of features that were observed or 
determined not to be present in the case of unknown or unidentified 
animals;
     Time of sighting;
     Location, speed, and activity of the source and mitigation 
vessels, sea state, ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and positions 
of other vessel(s) in the vicinity, and
     Mitigation measure taken--if any.
    All observations and shut downs will be recorded in a standardized 
format and data entered into a custom database using a notebook 
computer. Accuracy of all data will be verified daily by the person in 
charge (PIC) or designated PSO by a manual verification. These 
procedures will reduce errors, allow the preparation of short-term data 
summaries, and facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, 
graphical, or other programs for further processing and archiving. PSOs 
will conduct monitoring during daylight periods (weather permitting) 
during G&G activities, and during most daylight periods when G&G 
activities are temporarily suspended.

Shutdown Procedures

    If any marine mammal is seen approaching the Level A injury zone 
for the air gun, chirp, or boomer, these sources will be shut down. If 
ESA-listed marine mammals (e.g., beluga whales) are observed 
approaching the Level B harassment zone for the air gun, chirp, or 
boomer, these sources will be shut down. The PSOs will ensure that the 
harassment zone is clear of marine mammal activity before vibracoring 
will occur, using observers near the vibracore as well as PSOs from a 
monitoring vessel. Given that vibracoring lasts only about a minute or 
two, shutdown actions are not practicable.

Resuming Airgun Operations After a Shutdown

    A full ramp-up after a shutdown will not begin until there has been 
a minimum of 30 minutes of observation of the applicable exclusion zone 
by PSOs to assure that no marine mammals are present. The entire 
exclusion zone must be visible during the 30-minute lead-in to a full 
ramp up. If the entire exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp-up from 
a cold start cannot begin. If a marine mammal(s) is sighted within the 
injury exclusion zone during the 30-minute watch prior to ramp-up, 
ramp-up will be delayed until the marine mammal(s) is sighted outside 
of the zone or the animal(s) is not sighted for at least 15-30 minutes: 
15 Minutes for small odontocetes and pinnipeds (e.g. harbor porpoises, 
harbor seals), or 30 minutes for large odontocetes (e.g., killer whales 
and beluga whales).

Speed and Course Alterations

    If a marine mammal is detected outside the Level A injury exclusion 
zone and, based on its position and the relative motion, is likely to 
enter that zone, the vessel's speed and/or direct course may, when 
practical and safe, be changed to also minimize the effect on the 
survey program. The marine mammal activities and movements relative to 
the sound source and support vessels will be closely monitored to 
ensure that the marine mammal does not approach within the applicable 
exclusion radius. If the mammal appears likely to enter the exclusion 
radius, further mitigative actions will be taken, i.e., either further 
course alterations or shut down of the active sound sources considered 
in this Authorization.

Mitigation Proposed by NMFS

Special Procedures for Situations or Species of Concern
    The following additional protective measures for beluga whales and 
groups of five or more killer whales and harbor porpoises are required. 
Specifically, a 160-dB vessel monitoring zone would be established and 
monitored in Cook Inlet during all seismic surveys. If a beluga whale 
or groups of five or more killer whales and/or harbor porpoises are 
visually sighted approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance zone, 
survey activity would not commence until the animals are no longer 
present within the 160-dB disturbance zone. Whenever Cook Inlet beluga 
whales or groups of five or more killer whales and/or harbor porpoises 
are detected approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance zone, the 
boomer, chirp, and airgun may be powered down

[[Page 6393]]

before the animal is within the 160-dB disturbance zone, as an 
alternative to a complete shutdown. If the PSO determines a power down 
is not sufficient, the sound source(s) shall be shut-down until the 
animals are no longer present within the 160-dB zone.

Mitigation Exclusion Zones

    NMFS requires that EMALL will not operate the chirp, boomer, 
vibracore, or airgun within 10 miles (16 km) of the mean higher high 
water (MHHW) line of the Susitna Delta (Beluga River to the Little 
Susitna River) between April 15 and October 15. The purpose of this 
mitigation measure is to protect beluga whales in the designated 
critical habitat in this area that is important for beluga whale 
feeding and calving during the spring and fall months. The range of the 
setback required by NMFS was designated to protect this important 
habitat area and also to create an effective buffer where sound does 
not encroach on this habitat. This seasonal exclusion will be in effect 
from April 15th to October 15th annually. Activities can occur within 
this area from October 16th-April 14th.

Passive Acoustic Monitoring

    To allow the use of vibracoring in low-light and nighttime 
conditions, NMFS would require use of passive acoustic monitoring to 
acoustically ``clear'' the relevant 120 or 160-dB disturbance zone. A 
specifically trained Passive Acoustic Monitoring (PAM) operator will 
deploy the hydrophone and listen for vocalizations of marine mammals. 
If no vocalizations are detected in 30 minutes of listening, the area 
can be considered clear and operations can ramp up.

Mitigation Conclusions

    NMFS has carefully evaluated EMALL's mitigation measures and 
considered additional measures in the context of ensuring that we 
prescribe the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the 
affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our 
evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the 
following factors in relation to one another:
     The manner in which, and the degree to which, the 
successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize 
adverse impacts to marine mammals;
     The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to 
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
     The practicability of the measure for applicant 
implementation.
    Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to 
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on 
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of 
the general goals listed here:
     Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine 
mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this 
goal).
     A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number 
or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to sub-
bottom profiler or airgun operations that we expect to result in the 
take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to 
reducing harassment takes only).
     A reduction in the number of times (total number or number 
at biologically important time or location) individuals would be 
exposed to sub-bottom profiler or airgun operations that we expect to 
result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, 
above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
     A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total 
number or number at biologically important time or location) to airgun 
operations that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this 
goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of 
harassment takes only).
     Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine 
mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities 
that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, 
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance 
of habitat during a biologically important time.
     For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase 
in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more 
effective implementation of the mitigation.
    Based on the evaluation of EMALL's measures, as well as other 
measures required by NMFS, NMFS has determined that the mitigation 
measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on 
marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular 
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar 
significance. Measures to ensure availability of such species or stock 
for taking for certain subsistence uses are discussed later in this 
document (see ``Impact on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for 
Taking for Subsistence Uses'' section).

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth ``requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking.'' The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for 
incidental take authorizations must include the suggested means of 
accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result 
in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or 
impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be 
present in the proposed action area.
    Any monitoring requirement we prescribe should improve our 
understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species in action area (e.g., 
presence, abundance, distribution, density).
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
Affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) Co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) Biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving, breeding, or 
feeding areas).
     Individual responses to acute stressors, or impacts of 
chronic exposures (behavioral or physiological).
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of an individual; or (2) Population, 
species, or stock.
     Effects on marine mammal habitat and resultant impacts to 
marine mammals.
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
    EMALL submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan as part of the IHA 
application. It can be found in Appendix A. The plan may be modified or 
supplemented based on comments or new information received from the 
public during the public comment period.

Weekly Field Reports

    Weekly reports will be submitted to NMFS no later than the close of 
business (Alaska Time) each Thursday during the weeks when in-water G&G 
activities take place. The reports will cover information collected 
from Wednesday of the previous week through Tuesday of the current 
week. The field reports will summarize

[[Page 6394]]

species detected, in-water activity occurring at the time of the 
sighting, behavioral reactions to in-water activities, and the number 
of marine mammals exposed to harassment level noise. The weekly reports 
will also contain information about which km\2\ grid cells that EMALL 
has operated in that week, along with the corresponding densities from 
the Goetz et al. 2012 model to indicate how many belugas may have been 
taken by these operations. The weekly report will also include the 
number of belugas that may have been taken from previous weeks to track 
when EMALL is approaching their cap of 34 belugas.

Monthly Field Reports

    Monthly reports will be submitted to NMFS for all months during 
which in-water G&G activities take place. The reports will be submitted 
to NMFS no later than five business days after the end of the month. 
The monthly report will contain and summarize the following 
information:
     Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea 
conditions (including Beaufort Sea state and wind force), and 
associated activities during the G&G Program and marine mammal 
sightings.
     Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and 
behavior of any sighted marine mammals, as well as associated G&G 
activity (number of shut downs), observed throughout all monitoring 
activities.
     An estimate of the number (by species) of: (i) Pinnipeds 
that have been exposed to the authorized geophysical or geotechnical 
activity (based on visual observation) at received levels greater than 
or equal to 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa 
(rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals 
exhibited; and (ii) cetaceans that have been exposed to the geophysical 
activity (based on visual observation) at received levels greater than 
or equal to 160 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) and/or 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa 
(rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors those individuals 
exhibited.
     An estimate of the number (by species) of pinnipeds and 
cetaceans that have been exposed to the geotechnical activity (based on 
visual observation) at received levels greater than or equal to 120 dB 
re 1 [micro]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors those 
individuals exhibited.
     A description of the implementation and effectiveness of 
the: (i) Terms and conditions of the Biological Opinion's Incidental 
Take Statement; and (ii) mitigation measures of the IHA. For the 
Biological Opinion, the report shall confirm the implementation of each 
Term and Condition, as well as any conservation recommendations, and 
describe their effectiveness, for minimizing the adverse effects of the 
action on ESA-listed marine mammals.

90-Day Technical Report

    A report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of 
the project or at least 60 days before the request for another IHA for 
the next open water season to enable NMFS to incorporate observation 
data into the next Authorization. The report will summarize all 
activities and monitoring results (i.e., vessel-based visual 
monitoring) conducted during in-water G&G surveys. The Technical Report 
will include the following:
     Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total 
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period, 
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and 
detectability of marine mammals).
     Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing 
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers, 
and fog/glare).
     Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of 
marine mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/
size/gender categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover.
     Analyses of the effects of survey operations.
     Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and 
without G&G survey activities (and other variables that could affect 
detectability), such as: (i) Initial sighting distances versus survey 
activity state; (ii) closest point of approach versus survey activity 
state; (iii) observed behaviors and types of movements versus survey 
activity state; (iv) numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus 
survey activity state; (v) distribution around the source vessels 
versus survey activity state; and (vi) estimates of Level B harassment 
based on presence in the 120 or 160 dB harassment zone.

Notification of Injured or Dead Marine Mammals

    In the unanticipated event that the specified activity leads to an 
injury of a marine mammal (Level A harassment) or mortality (e.g., 
ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or entanglement), EMALL would 
immediately cease the specified activities and immediately report the 
incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office 
of Protected Resources, and the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators 
at NMFS. The report would include the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Name and type of vessel involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Description of the incident;
     Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding 
the incident;
     Water depth;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the event. EMALL would work with NMFS to minimize 
reoccurrence of such an event in the future. The G&G Program would not 
resume activities until formally notified by NMFS via letter, email, or 
telephone.
    In the event that the G&G Program discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next 
paragraph), the Applicant would immediately report the incident to the 
Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email 
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators. The report would include 
the same information identified in the paragraph above. Activities 
would be able to continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the 
incident. NMFS would work with the Applicant to determine if 
modifications in the activities are appropriate.
    In the event that the G&G Program discovers an injured or dead 
marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA 
(e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), EMALL would report the incident to 
the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline and/or by email 
to the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours of the 
discovery. EMALL would provide

[[Page 6395]]

photographs or video footage (if available) or other documentation of 
the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding 
Network.

Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment

    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering [Level B harassment].
    Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased underwater sound) generated 
during the operation of the airgun or the sub-bottom profiler have the 
potential to result in the behavioral disturbance of some marine 
mammals. NMFS believes that take from the operation of the vibracore is 
unlikely but possible and is issuing take at the request of the 
applicant. Thus, NMFS proposes to authorize take by Level B harassment 
resulting from the operation of the sound sources for the proposed 
survey based upon the current acoustic exposure criteria shown in Table 
3.

            Table 3--NMFS' Current Acoustic Exposure Criteria
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Criterion
            Criterion                 definition           Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Harassment (Injury).....  Permanent           180 dB re 1
                                   Threshold Shift     microPa-m
                                   (PTS) (Any level    (cetaceans)/190
                                   above that which    dB re 1 microPa-m
                                   is known to cause   (pinnipeds) root
                                   TTS).               mean square
                                                       (rms).
Level B Harassment..............  Behavioral          160 dB re 1
                                   Disruption (for     microPa-m (rms).
                                   impulse noises).
                                  Behavioral          120 dB re 1
                                   Disruption (for     microPa-m (rms).
                                   continuous
                                   noises).
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    NMFS' practice is to apply the 120 or 160 dB re: 1 [mu]Pa received 
level threshold (whichever is appropriate) for underwater impulse sound 
levels to determine whether take by Level B harassment is likely to 
occur.
    All four types of survey equipment addressed in the application 
will be operated from the geophysical source vessels that will either 
be moving steadily across the ocean surface (chirper, boomer, airgun), 
or from station to station (airgun, vibracoring). The numbers of marine 
mammals that might be exposed to sound pressure levels exceeding NMFS 
Level B harassment threshold levels due to G&G surveys, without 
mitigation, were determined by multiplying the average raw density for 
each species by the daily ensonified area, and then multiplying that 
figure by the number of days each sound source is estimated to be in 
use. The chirp is always used simultaneously with either the boomer or 
the airgun and therefore was removed from calculation because they will 
be operating concurrently, using the daily ensonified area of the 
boomer or airgun, as it is a slightly larger isopleth. The exposure 
estimates for each activity were then summed to provide total exposures 
for the duration of the project. The exposure estimates for the 
activity are detailed below. Although NMFS believes that take of marine 
mammals from vibracore is extremely unlikely, it has been included in 
this authorization out of an abundance of caution and at the request of 
the applicant.

Ensonified Area

    The ZOI is the area ensonified by a particular sound source greater 
than threshold levels (120 dB for continuous and 160 dB for impulsive). 
The radius of the ZOI for airguns was determined by applying the source 
sound pressure levels described in Table 6 of the application to 
Collins et al.'s (2007) attenuation model of 18.4 Log(r)--0.00188 
derived from Cook Inlet. For the boomer and vibracore, which are less 
studied sound sources, the geometric spreading model of 15 Log(r) was 
used. For those equipment generating loud underwater sound within the 
audible hearing range of marine mammals (<200 kHz), the distance to 
threshold ranges between 44 m and 1 km (Table 4).

                    Table 4--Summary of Distances to the NMFS Thresholds and Associated ZOIs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Distance to 160/120
                         Survey equipment                           dB isopleth \1\ Km\2\   160/120 dB ZOI km\2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sub-bottom Profiler (Chirp).......................................          0.631(160 dB)           127 (160 dB)
Sub-bottom Profiler (Boomer)......................................          1.00 (160 dB)            203(160 dB)
Airgun............................................................           0.3 (160 dB)            60 (160 dB)
Vibracore.........................................................         20.57 (120 dB)       1328.61 (120 dB)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Calculated by applying Collins et al. (2007) spreading formula or geometrical spreading to source levels in
  Table 2.

Marine Mammal Densities

    Density estimates were derived for harbor porpoises, killer whales, 
and harbor seals from NMFS 2002-2012 Cook Inlet survey data as 
described below in Section 6.1.2.1 and shown in Table 8. The beluga 
whale densities were extracted from Goetz et al. (2012) as described in 
Section 6.1.2.2 of the application.

Harbor Porpoise, Killer Whale, Harbor Seal

    Density estimates were calculated for all marine mammals (except 
beluga whales) by using aerial survey data collected by NMFS in Cook 
Inlet between 2002 and 2012 (Rugh et al. 2002, 2003, 2004a, 2004b, 
2005a, 2005b, 2005c, 2006, 2007; Shelden et al. 2008, 2009, 2010; Hobbs 
et al. 2011, Shelden et al. 2012) and compiled by Apache, Inc. (Apache 
IHA application 2014). To estimate the average raw densities of marine 
mammals, the total number of animals for each species observed over the 
11-year survey period was divided by the total area of 65,889 km2 
(25,540 mi2) surveyed over the 11 years. The aerial survey marine 
mammal sightings, survey effort (area), and derived average raw 
densities are provided in Table 5.

[[Page 6396]]



            Table 5--Raw Density Estimates for Cook Inlet Marine Mammals Based on NMFS Aerial Surveys
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Mean raw density
                        Species                          Number of animals  NMFS  survey area    animals/km\2\
                                                                              km\2\ (mi\2\)     (animals/mi\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor Porpoise........................................                249    65,889 (25,440)    0.0033 (0.0098)
Killer Whale \1\.......................................                 42    65,889 (25,440)    0.0008 (0.0017)
Harbor Seal............................................             16,117    65,889 (25,440)      0.28 (0.6335)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Density is for all killer whales regardless of the stock although all killer whales in the upper Cook Inlet
  are thought to be transient.

    These raw densities were not corrected for animals missed during 
the aerial surveys as no accurate correction factors are currently 
available for these species; however, observer error may be limited as 
the NMFS surveyors often circled marine mammal groups to get an 
accurate count of group size. The harbor seal densities are probably 
biased upwards given that a large number of the animals recorded were 
of large groups hauled out at river mouths, and do not represent the 
distribution in the waters where the G&G activity will actually occur. 
However, these data are the most comprehensive available for Cook Inlet 
harbor seals and therefore constitute the best available science.

Beluga Whale

    Goetz et al. (2012) modeled aerial survey data collected by the 
NMFS between 1993 and 2008 and developed specific beluga summer 
densities for each 1-km\2\ cell of Cook Inlet. The results provide a 
more precise estimate of beluga density at a given location than simply 
multiplying all aerial observations by the total survey effort given 
the clumped distribution of beluga whales during the summer months. To 
develop a density estimate associated with planned action areas (i.e., 
Marine Terminal and pipeline survey areas), the ensonified area 
associated with each activity was overlain a map of the 1-km density 
cells, the cells falling within each ensonified area were quantified, 
and an average cell density was calculated. The summary of the density 
results is found in Table 9 in the application. The associated 
ensonified areas and beluga density contours relative to the action 
areas are shown in Table 6.

  Table 6--Mean Raw Densities of Beluga Whales Within the Action Areas Based on Goetz et al. (2012) Cook Inlet
                                       Beluga Whale Distribution Modeling
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Mean density      Density range
                      Action area                         Number of cells    (animals/km\2\)    (animals/km\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine Facilities Area.................................                141            0.00014    0.00002-0.00069
LNGC Approach Area.....................................                 95             .00016    0.00003-0.00052
Pipeline Survey Area...................................                880             0.0139    0.00028-0.15672
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Activity Duration

    The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program is expected to require 
approximately 16 weeks (102 days) to complete. Table 7 below outlines 
which technologies will be used and for how many days.

                           Table 7--Estimated Activity Durations for 2016 G&G Program
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Survey area
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Marine
      Survey equipment               Unit           facilities     LNGC Approach     Pipeline          Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sub-bottom profiler--boomer.  Days..............              28              14              30              72
Air gun.....................  Days..............              14               0              16              30
Subtotal....................  Days..............              42              14              46             102
Vibracore...................  Days..............              30              10              20              60
Air gun (stationary)........  Days..............              24               0               0              24
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In the 46 days of activity in the pipeline area, the chirp and 
boomer will operate concurrently for 30 days while the chirp and airgun 
will operate concurrently for 16 days. In the 42 days of activity in 
the Marine Facilities area, the chirp and boom will operate 
concurrently for 28 days and the chirp will operate concurrently with 
the airgun for 14 days. In the 14 days of operation in the LNGC 
approach area, the chirp and boom will operate concurrently for all 
days.

Exposure Calculations

    The numbers of marine mammals that might be exposed to sound 
pressure levels exceeding NMFS Level B harassment threshold levels due 
to G&G surveys, without mitigation, were determined by multiplying the 
average raw density for each species by the daily ensonified area, then 
multiplying by the number of days each sound source is estimated to be 
in use. While this method produces a good estimate of the number of 
instances of take, it is likely an overestimate of the number of 
individual marine mammals taken because it assumes that entirely new 
individuals are taken on subsequent days and that no animals are taken 
more than once. The chirp and boomer activities were combined to 
calculate exposure from days of activities in the Upper Cook Inlet area 
and the Lower Cook Inlet area because they will be operating 
concurrently. The exposure estimates for each activity were then summed 
to provide total exposures for

[[Page 6397]]

the duration of the project. The exposure estimates for the activity 
are detailed below.

                                    Table 8--Exposure Estimates for Activity in Instances, Not Number of Individuals
                                               [Also not accounting for management of total beluga takes]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Boomer                                    Airgun
                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  Stationary
             Total exposures                 Marine                                    Marine                                    airgun         Total
                                           facilities       LNGC        Pipeline     facilities       LNGC        Pipeline
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor porpoise.........................         18.71          9.36         20.05          2.78          0.00          3.17          0.02         54.09
Harbor seal.............................       1606.15        803.08       1720.88        238.32          0.00        272.36          1.92       4642.81
Killer whale............................          4.66          2.33          5.00          0.69          0.00          0.79          0.01         13.48
Beluga..................................          0.80          0.46         80.38          0.12          0.00         12.72          0.00     \1\ 94.48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Vibracore totals are not proposed to be authorized because NMFS has determined take due to vibracoring is unlikely to occur.
\1\ This calculation of beluga takes is from the ensonified area and densities of those areas, and does not incorporate mitigation. NMFS will require a
  cap of 34 takes on the activity and would not authorize this number of takes.

    NMFS recognizes that in addition to what was mentioned above, there 
are other factors that contribute to an overestimate of exposures e.g., 
the fact that many of these technologies will be operating 
simultaneously, and not exposing animals in separate instances for the 
duration of the survey period. Additionally, the beamwidth and tilt 
angle of the sub-bottom profiler are not factored into the 
characterization of the sound field, making it conservative and large, 
creating additional overestimates in take estimation.
    NMFS calculated the exposures from vibracore and found they would 
increase take by 580 percent and recognizes that the take calculated 
for vibracore is high when compared to take calculated from other 
portions of the activity. It is unlikely that many instances of take 
will occur from an activity with a source level of 187.4 dB for a 
duration of 60-90 seconds. This is largely attributed to the size of 
the isopleth (20 km) due to the use of geometrical spreading to model 
the ZOI. The vibracore produces noise of a much shorter duration than 
those sources used to determine the 120dB threshold,. NMFS believes 
implementation of the mitigation and monitoring measures mentioned in 
the above section, in combination with the short duration of the sound, 
will not result in take by Level B harassment.
    The possibility of Level A exposure was analyzed, however the 
distances to 180 dB/190 dB isopleths are incredibly small, ranging from 
3 to 47 meters. The number of exposures, without accounting for 
mitigation or likely avoidance of louder sounds, is small for these 
zones, and with mitigation and the likelihood of detecting marine 
mammals within this small area combined with the likelihood of 
avoidance, it is likely these takes can be avoided. The only technology 
that would not shutdown is the vibracore, which has a distance to Level 
A isopleth (180 dB) of 3 meters. Therefore, authorization of Level A 
take is not necessary.
    NMFS recognizes that the calculations of take by Level B harassment 
of beluga whales for the entire activity is higher than NMFS would 
issue for an endangered population that is not recovering despite the 
moratorium on subsistence hunting. Given that the factors contributing 
to the lack of recovery remain unknown, NMFS proposes to limit the 
number of Level B takes of Cook Inlet beluga to 34, or 10 percent of 
the population. This cap can be implemented in a method similar to that 
used in SAE's 2015 IHA or the Apache proposed rulemaking.
    In order to estimate when 34 individuals is reached, EMALL will use 
a formula based on the total potential area of each survey project zone 
(including the 160 dB buffer) and the average density of beluga whales 
for each zone. Daily take is calculated as the product of the daily 
ensonified area times the beluga density in that area, as extracted 
from the Goetz et al 2012 model. Then daily take is summed across all 
the days of the survey until the survey approaches 34 takes.
    EMALL will limit surveying in the seismic survey area as not to 
exceed a maximum of 34 beluga takes during the open water season. In 
order to ensure that EMALL does not exceed 34 beluga whale takes, the 
following equation is being used:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN05FE16.003

    This formula also allows EMALL to have flexibility to prioritize 
survey locations in response to local weather, ice, and operational 
constraints. EMALL may choose to survey portions of a zone or a zone in 
its entirety, and the analysis in this Authorization takes this into 
account.
    Operations are required to cease once EMALL has conducted seismic 
data acquisition in an area where multiplying the applicable density by 
the total ensonified area out to the 160-dB isopleth equaled 34 beluga 
whales, using the equation provided above. If 34 belugas are visually 
observed within the ZOI before the calculation reaches 34 belugas, 
EMALL is also required to cease survey activity.
    NMFS proposes to authorize the following takes by Level B 
harassment:

[[Page 6398]]



                                      Table 9--Proposed Take Authorization
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Exposure          Take          Percent of stock or
           Species               estimate       authorized           population             Population trend
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga......................           94.48              34  10......................  Decreasing.
Killer whale................           13.48              13  3.77 transient..........  Transient--Stable.
Harbor seal.................        4,642.81           4,643  20.27...................  Stable.
Harbor porpoise.............           54.09              54  0.17....................  No reliable info.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Analysis and Preliminary Determinations

Negligible Impact

    Negligible impact is ``an impact resulting from the specified 
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably 
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on 
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of 
likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival 
(i.e., population level effects) forms the basis of a negligible impact 
finding. Thus, an estimate of the number of takes, alone, is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through behavioral harassment, NMFS must consider other 
factors, such as the likely nature of any responses (their intensity, 
duration, etc.), the context of any responses (critical reproductive 
time or location, migration, etc.), as well as the number and nature of 
estimated Level A harassment takes, the number of estimated 
mortalities, effects on habitat, and the status of the species.
    To avoid repetition, except where otherwise identified, the 
discussion of our analyses applies to all the species listed in Table 
8, given that the anticipated effects of this project on marine mammals 
are expected to be relatively similar in nature. Where there is 
information about specific impacts to, or about the size, status, or 
structure of, any species or stock that would lead to a different 
analysis for this activity, species-specific factors are identified and 
analyzed.
    In making a negligible impact determination, NMFS considers:
     The number of anticipated injuries, serious injuries, or 
mortalities;
     The number, nature, and intensity, and duration of Level B 
harassment; and
     The context in which the takes occur (e.g., impacts to 
areas of significance, impacts to local populations, and cumulative 
impacts when taking into account successive/contemporaneous actions 
when added to baseline data);
     The status of stock or species of marine mammals (i.e., 
depleted, not depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable, impact relative 
to the size of the population);
     Impacts on habitat affecting rates of recruitment/
survival; and
     The effectiveness of monitoring and mitigation measures to 
reduce the number or severity of incidental take.
    As discussed in the Potential Effects section, temporary or 
permanent threshold shift, non-auditory physical or physiological 
effects, ship strike, entanglement are not expected to occur. Given the 
required mitigation and related monitoring, no injuries or mortalities 
are anticipated to occur to any species as a result of EMALL's proposed 
survey in Cook Inlet, and none are authorized. Animals in the area are 
not expected to incur hearing impairment (i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-
auditory physiological effects due to low source levels and the fact 
that most marine mammals would more likely avoid a loud sound source 
rather than swim in such close proximity as to result in TTS or PTS. 
The most likely effect from the proposed action is localized, short-
term behavioral disturbance from active acoustic sources. The number of 
takes that are anticipated and authorized are expected to be limited to 
short-term Level B behavioral harassment for all stocks for which take 
is authorized. This is largely due to the short time scale of the 
proposed activity, the low source levels for many of the technologies 
proposed to be used, as well as the required mitigation. The 
technologies do not operate continuously over a 24-hour period. Rather, 
airguns are operational for a few hours at a time for 30 days, with the 
sub-bottom profiler boomer operating for 72 days, and the vibracore 
operating over 60 days.
    The addition of five vessels, and noise due to vessel operations 
associated with the survey, would not be outside the present experience 
of marine mammals in Cook Inlet, although levels may increase locally. 
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed previously in 
this document (see the ``Anticipated Effects on Habitat'' section). 
Although some disturbance is possible to food sources of marine 
mammals, the impacts are anticipated to be minor enough as to not 
affect annual rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals in the 
area. Based on the size of Cook Inlet where feeding by marine mammals 
occurs versus the localized area of the marine survey activities, any 
missed feeding opportunities in the direct project area would be minor 
based on the fact that other feeding areas exist elsewhere.
    Taking into account the mitigation measures that are planned, 
effects on cetaceans are generally expected to be restricted to 
avoidance of a limited area around the survey operation and short-term 
changes in behavior, falling within the MMPA definition of ``Level B 
harassment.'' Shut-downs are required for belugas and groups of killer 
whales or harbor porpoises when they approach the 160dB disturbance 
zone, to further reduce potential impacts to these populations. Visual 
observation by trained PSOs is also implemented to reduce the impact of 
the proposed activity by informing operators of marine mammals 
approaching the relevant disturbance or injury zones. Animals are not 
expected to permanently abandon any area that is surveyed, and any 
behaviors that are interrupted during the activity are expected to 
resume once the activity ceases. Only a small portion of marine mammal 
habitat will be affected at any time, and other areas within Cook Inlet 
will be available for necessary biological functions.
    Odontocete (including Cook Inlet beluga whales, killer whales, and 
harbor porpoises) reactions to seismic energy pulses are usually 
assumed to be limited to shorter distances from the airgun(s) than are 
those of mysticetes, in part because odontocete low-frequency hearing 
is assumed to be less sensitive than that of mysticetes. This 
information supports the idea that the numerated takes for odonotocetes 
are likely on the lower end of severity in the terms of responses that 
rise to the level of a take.

Beluga Whales

    Cook Inlet beluga whales are listed as endangered under the ESA. 
This stock

[[Page 6399]]

is also considered depleted under the MMPA. The estimated annual rate 
of decline for Cook Inlet beluga whales was 0.6 percent between 2002 
and 2012. The authorization of take by Level B harassment of 34 Cook 
Inlet beluga whales represents 10 percent of the population.
    Belugas in the Canadian Beaufort Sea in summer appear to be fairly 
responsive to seismic energy, with few being sighted within 10-20 km 
(6-12 mi) of seismic vessels during aerial surveys (Miller et al., 
2005). However, as noted above, Cook Inlet belugas are more accustomed 
to anthropogenic sound than beluga whales in the Beaufort Sea. 
Therefore, the results from the Beaufort Sea surveys are not 
necessarily applicable to potential reactions of Cook Inlet beluga 
whales. Also, due to the dispersed distribution of beluga whales in 
Cook Inlet during winter and the concentration of beluga whales in 
upper Cook Inlet from late April through early fall, belugas would 
likely occur in small numbers in the majority of EMALL's proposed 
survey area during the majority of EMALL's annual operational timeframe 
of March through December. For the same reason, as well as the 
mitigation measure that requires shutting down for belugas seen 
approaching the 160 dB disturbance zone, and the likelihood of 
avoidance at high levels, it is unlikely that animals would be exposed 
to received levels capable of causing injury.
    Given the large number of vessels in Cook Inlet and the apparent 
habituation to vessels by Cook Inlet beluga whales and the other marine 
mammals that may occur in the area, vessel activity from the two source 
vessels, tug and jack-up rig and associated vessel noise is not 
expected to have effects that could cause significant or long-term 
consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations, given 
that vessels will operate for a maximum of 102 days.
    In addition, NMFS has seasonally restricted survey operations in 
the area known to be important for beluga whale feeding, calving, or 
nursing. The primary location for these biological life functions 
occurs in the Susitna Delta region of upper Cook Inlet. NMFS required 
EMALL to implement a 16 km (10 mi) seasonal exclusion from survey 
operations in this region from April 15-October 15. The highest 
concentrations of belugas are typically found in this area from early 
May through September each year. NMFS has incorporated a 2-week buffer 
on each end of this seasonal use timeframe to account for any anomalies 
in distribution and marine mammal usage.

Killer Whales

    The authorization of take by Level B harassment of 13 killer whales 
represents only 3.77 percent of the population. Killer whales are not 
encountered as frequently in Cook Inlet as some of the other species in 
this analysis, however when sighted they are usually in groups. The 
addition of a mitigation measure to shutdown if a group of 5 or more 
killer whales is seen approaching the 160 dB zone is intended to 
minimize any impact to an aggregation of killer whales if encountered. 
The killer whales in the survey area are also thought to be transient 
killer whales and therefore rely on the habitat in the EMALL survey 
area less than other resident species.

Harbor Porpoise

    The authorization of take by Level B harassment for 54 harbor 
porpoises represents only 0.17 percent of the population. Harbor 
porpoises are among the most sensitive marine mammal species with 
regard to behavioral response and anthropogenic noise. They are known 
to exhibit behavioral responses to operation of seismic airguns, 
pingers, and other technologies at low thresholds. However, they are 
abundant in Cook Inlet and therefore the authorized take is unlikely to 
affect recruitment or status of the population in any way. In addition, 
mitigation measures include shutdowns for groups of more than 5 harbor 
porpoises that will minimize the amount of take to the local harbor 
porpoise population. This mitigation as well as the short duration and 
low source levels of the proposed activity will reduce the impact to 
the harbor porpoises found in Cook Inlet.

Harbor Seal

    The authorization of take by Level B harassment for 4,643 harbor 
seals represents 20.27 percent of a stable population. Observations 
during other anthropogenic activities in Cook Inlet have reported large 
congregations of harbor seals hauling out in upper Cook Inlet. However, 
mitigation measures, such as vessel speed, course alteration, and 
visual monitoring, and time-area restrictions will be implemented to 
help reduce impacts to the animals. Additionally, this activity does 
not encompass a large number of known harbor seal haulouts, 
particularly as this activity proposes operations traversing across the 
Inlet, as opposed to entirely nearshore activities. While some harbor 
seals will likely be exposed, the required mitigation along with their 
smaller aggregations in water than on shore should minimize impacts to 
the harbor seal population. Additionally, the short duration of the 
survey, and the use of visual observers to inform shutdowns and ramp up 
delays should further reduce the severity of behavioral reactions to 
Cook Inlet harbor seals. Therefore, the exposure of pinnipeds to sounds 
produced by this phase of EMALL's proposed survey is not anticipated to 
have an effect on annual rates of recruitment or survival on those 
species or stocks.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the required monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total annual marine mammal 
take from EMALL's proposed survey will have a negligible impact on the 
affected marine mammal species or stocks (see Table 8).
    Although NMFS believes it is unlikely the operation of the 
vibracore would result in the take of marine mammals and does not 
propose to authorize take by vibracore in the Federal Register, the 
analysis has been included in this document for public comment. The 
vibracoring activity is proposed to occur at 60 locations across the 
Inlet from the Forelands, north to the upper end of Cook Inlet. 
However, the actual noise-producing activity will only occur for only 
90 seconds at a time, during which PSOs will be observing for marine 
mammals and passive acoustic monitoring will be required during 
nighttime vibracoring. The limited scope and duration of vibracoring 
makes it extremely unlikely that take by Level B harassment would occur 
during the vibracore portion of the operation. Nonetheless, we included 
the potential take from vibracore in our analysis above.

Small Numbers Analysis

    The requested takes authorized annually represent 10 percent of the 
Cook Inlet beluga whale population of approximately 340 animals 
(Shelden et al., 2015), 3.77 percent of the Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian 
Island and Bering Sea stock of killer whales (345 transients), and 0.17 
percent of the Gulf of Alaska stock of approximately 31,046 harbor 
porpoises. The take requests presented for harbor seals represent 20.27 
percent of the Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock of approximately 22,900 
animals. These take estimates represent small numbers relative to the 
affected species or stock sizes as shown in Table 8.
    In addition to the quantitative methods used to estimate take, NMFS 
also considered qualitative factors that further support the ``small 
numbers''

[[Page 6400]]

determination, including: (1) The seasonal distribution and habitat use 
patterns of Cook Inlet beluga whales, which suggest that for much of 
the time only a small portion of the population would be accessible to 
impacts from EMALL's activity, as most animals are found in the Susitna 
Delta region of Upper Cook Inlet from early May through September; (2) 
other cetacean species are not common in the survey area; (3) the 
required mitigation requirements, which provide spatio-temporal 
limitations that avoid impacts to large numbers of belugas feeding and 
calving in the Susitna Delta; (4) the required monitoring requirements 
and mitigation measures described earlier in this document for all 
marine mammal species that will reduce the amount of takes; and (5) 
monitoring results from previous activities that indicated low numbers 
of beluga whale sightings within the Level B disturbance exclusion zone 
and low levels of Level B harassment takes of other marine mammals. 
Therefore, NMFS determined that the numbers of animals likely to be 
taken are small.

Impact on Availability of Affected Species for Taking for Subsistence 
Uses

Relevant Subsistence Uses

    The subsistence harvest of marine mammals transcends the 
nutritional and economic values attributed to the animal and is an 
integral part of the cultural identity of the region's Alaska Native 
communities. Inedible parts of the whale provide Native artisans with 
materials for cultural handicrafts, and the hunting itself perpetuates 
Native traditions by transmitting traditional skills and knowledge to 
younger generations (NOAA, 2007).
    The Cook Inlet beluga whale has traditionally been hunted by Alaska 
Natives for subsistence purposes. For several decades prior to the 
1980s, the Native Village of Tyonek residents were the primary 
subsistence hunters of Cook Inlet beluga whales. During the 1980s and 
1990s, Alaska Natives from villages in the western, northwestern, and 
North Slope regions of Alaska either moved to or visited the south 
central region and participated in the yearly subsistence harvest 
(Stanek, 1994). From 1994 to 1998, NMFS estimated 65 whales per year 
(range 21-123) were taken in this harvest, including those successfully 
taken for food and those struck and lost. NMFS concluded that this 
number was high enough to account for the estimated 14 percent annual 
decline in the population during this time (Hobbs et al., 2008). Actual 
mortality may have been higher, given the difficulty of estimating the 
number of whales struck and lost during the hunts. In 1999, a 
moratorium was enacted (Pub. L. 106-31) prohibiting the subsistence 
take of Cook Inlet beluga whales except through a cooperative agreement 
between NMFS and the affected Alaska Native organizations. Since the 
Cook Inlet beluga whale harvest was regulated in 1999 requiring 
cooperative agreements, five beluga whales have been struck and 
harvested. Those beluga whales were harvested in 2001 (one animal), 
2002 (one animal), 2003 (one animal), and 2005 (two animals). The 
Native Village of Tyonek agreed not to hunt or request a hunt in 2007, 
when no co-management agreement was to be signed (NMFS, 2008a).
    On October 15, 2008, NMFS published a final rule that established 
long-term harvest limits on Cook Inlet beluga whales that may be taken 
by Alaska Natives for subsistence purposes (73 FR 60976). That rule 
prohibits harvest for a 5-year interval period if the average stock 
abundance of Cook Inlet beluga whales over the prior five-year interval 
is below 350 whales. Harvest levels for the current 5-year planning 
interval (2013-2017) are zero because the average stock abundance for 
the previous five-year period (2008-2012) was below 350 whales. Based 
on the average abundance over the 2002-2007 period, no hunt occurred 
between 2008 and 2012 (NMFS, 2008a). The Cook Inlet Marine Mammal 
Council, which managed the Alaska Native Subsistence fishery with NMFS, 
was disbanded by a unanimous vote of the Tribes' representatives on 
June 20, 2012. At this time, no harvest is expected in 2015 or, likely, 
in 2016.
    Data on the harvest of other marine mammals in Cook Inlet are 
lacking. Some data are available on the subsistence harvest of harbor 
seals, harbor porpoises, and killer whales in Alaska in the marine 
mammal stock assessments. However, these numbers are for the Gulf of 
Alaska including Cook Inlet, and they are not indicative of the harvest 
in Cook Inlet.
    There is a low level of subsistence hunting for harbor seals in 
Cook Inlet. Seal hunting occurs opportunistically among Alaska Natives 
who may be fishing or travelling in the upper Inlet near the mouths of 
the Susitna River, Beluga River, and Little Susitna. Some detailed 
information on the subsistence harvest of harbor seals is available 
from past studies conducted by the Alaska Department of Fish & Game 
(Wolfe et al., 2009). In 2008, 33 harbor seals were taken for harvest 
in the Upper Kenai-Cook Inlet area. In the same study, reports from 
hunters stated that harbor seal populations in the area were increasing 
(28.6%) or remaining stable (71.4%). The specific hunting regions 
identified were Anchorage, Homer, Kenai, and Tyonek, and hunting 
generally peaks in March, September, and November (Wolfe et al., 2009).

Potential Impacts on Availability for Subsistence Uses

    Section 101(a)(5)(D) also requires NMFS to determine that the 
taking will not have an unmitigable adverse effect on the availability 
of marine mammal species or stocks for subsistence use. NMFS has 
defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact 
resulting from the specified activity: (1) That is likely to reduce the 
availability of the species to a level insufficient for a harvest to 
meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the marine mammals to abandon or 
avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing subsistence users; or 
(iii) Placing physical barriers between the marine mammals and the 
subsistence hunters; and (2) That cannot be sufficiently mitigated by 
other measures to increase the availability of marine mammals to allow 
subsistence needs to be met.
    The primary concern is the disturbance of marine mammals through 
the introduction of anthropogenic sound into the marine environment 
during the proposed survey. Marine mammals could be behaviorally 
harassed and either become more difficult to hunt or temporarily 
abandon traditional hunting grounds. However, the proposed survey will 
not have any impacts to beluga harvests as none currently occur in Cook 
Inlet. Additionally, subsistence harvests of other marine mammal 
species are limited in Cook Inlet.

Plan of Cooperation or Measures To Minimize Impacts to Subsistence 
Hunts

    50 CFR 216.04(a)(12) requires IHA applicants for activities that 
take place in Arctic waters to provide Plan of Cooperation or 
information that identifies what measures have been taken and/or will 
be taken to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine 
mammals for subsistence uses. The entire upper Cook unit and a portion 
of the lower Cook unit falls north of 60[deg] N, or within the region 
NMFS has designated as an Arctic subsistence use area. EMALL provided 
detailed information in Section 8 of their application regarding their 
plan to cooperate with local subsistence users and stakeholders 
regarding the potential effects of their proposed activity. There are 
several villages in EMALL's proposed project area that have 
traditionally hunted marine mammals,

[[Page 6401]]

primarily harbor seals. Tyonek is the only tribal village in upper Cook 
Inlet with a tradition of hunting marine mammals, in this case harbor 
seals and beluga whales. However, for either species the annual 
recorded harvest since the 1980s has averaged about one or fewer of 
either species (Fall et al. 1984, Wolfe et al. 2009, SRBA and HC 2011), 
and there is currently a moratorium on subsistence harvest of belugas. 
Further, many of the seals that are harvested are done incidentally to 
salmon fishing or moose hunting (Fall et al. 1984, Merrill and Orpheim 
2013), often near the mouths of the Susitna Delta rivers (Fall et al. 
1984) north of EMALL's proposed seismic survey area.
    Villages in lower Cook Inlet adjacent to EMALL's proposed survey 
area (Kenai, Salamatof, and Nikiski) have either not traditionally 
hunted beluga whales, or at least not in recent years, and rarely do 
they harvest sea lions. These villages more commonly harvest harbor 
seals, with Kenai reporting an average of about 13 per year between 
1992 and 2008 (Wolfe et al. 2009). According to Fall et al. (1984), 
many of the seals harvested by hunters from these villages were taken 
on the west side of the inlet during hunting excursions for moose and 
black bears.
    Although marine mammals remain an important subsistence resource in 
Cook Inlet, the number of animals annually harvested is low, and are 
primarily harbor seals. Much of the harbor seal harvest occurs 
incidental to other fishing and hunting activities, and at areas 
outside of the EMALL's proposed survey areas such as the Susitna Delta 
or the west side of lower Cook Inlet. Also, EMALL is unlikely to 
conduct activity in the vicinity of any of the river mouths where large 
numbers of seals haul out.
    EMALL and NMFS recognize the importance of ensuring that Alaska 
Natives and federally recognized tribes are informed, engaged, and 
involved during the permitting process and will continue to work with 
the Alaska Natives and tribes to discuss operations and activities.
    Prior to offshore activities EMALL will to consult with nearby 
communities such as Tyonek, Salamatof, and the Kenaitze Indian Tribe to 
attend and present the program description prior to operations within 
those areas.
    If a conflict does occur with project activities involving 
subsistence or fishing, the project manager will immediately contact 
the affected party to resolve the conflict.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    The project will not have any effect on beluga whale harvests 
because no beluga harvest will take place in 2016. Additionally, the 
proposed seismic survey area is not an important native subsistence 
site for other subsistence species of marine mammals thus, the number 
harvested is expected to be extremely low. The timing and location of 
subsistence harvest of Cook Inlet harbor seals may coincide with 
EMALL's project, but because this subsistence hunt is conducted 
opportunistically and at such a low level (NMFS, 2013c), EMALL's 
program is not expected to have an impact on the subsistence use of 
harbor seals. Moreover, the proposed survey would result in only 
temporary disturbances. Accordingly, the specified activity would not 
impact the availability of these other marine mammal species for 
subsistence uses.
    NMFS anticipates that any effects from EMALL's proposed survey on 
marine mammals, especially harbor seals and Cook Inlet beluga whales, 
which are or have been taken for subsistence uses, would be short-term, 
site specific, and limited to inconsequential changes in behavior and 
mild stress responses. NMFS does not anticipate that the authorized 
taking of affected species or stocks will reduce the availability of 
the species to a level insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence 
needs by: (1) Causing the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting 
areas; (2) directly displacing subsistence users; or (3) placing 
physical barriers between the marine mammals and the subsistence 
hunters; and that cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to 
increase the availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs 
to be met. Based on the description of the specified activity, the 
measures described to minimize adverse effects on the availability of 
marine mammals for subsistence purposes, and the required mitigation 
and monitoring measures, NMFS has determined that there will not be an 
unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from EMALL's proposed 
activities.

Endangered Species Act

    There is one marine mammal species listed as endangered under the 
ESA with confirmed or possible occurrence in the proposed project area: 
The Cook Inlet beluga whale. In addition, the proposed action could 
occur within 10 miles of designated critical habitat for the Cook Inlet 
beluga whale. NMFS's Permits and Conservation Division has initiated 
consultation with NMFS' Alaska Region Protected Resources Division 
under section 7 of the ESA. This consultation will be concluded prior 
to issuing any final authorization.

National Environmental Policy Act

    NMFS has prepared a Draft Environmental Assessment (EA) for the 
take of marine mammals incidental to issuance of IHAs for the proposed 
oil and gas activities in Cook Inlet. The Draft EA has been made 
available for public comment concurrently with this proposed 
authorization (see ADDRESSES). NMFS will finalize the EA and either 
conclude with a finding of no significant impact (FONSI) or prepare an 
Environmental Impact Statement prior to issuance of the final 
authorization (if issued).

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, we propose to 
issue an IHA to EMALL for taking marine mammals incidental to a 
geophysical and geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska, provided the 
previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements 
are incorporated. The proposed IHA language is provided next.
    This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording 
contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if 
issued).
Incidental Harassment Authorization
    Exxon Mobil Alaska LNG LLC (EMALL), 3201 C Street; Suite 506, 
Anchorage, Alaska 99501, is hereby authorized under section 
101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 
1371(a)(5)(D)), to harass small numbers of marine mammals incidental to 
specified activities associated with a marine geophysical and 
geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet, Alaska, contingent upon the 
following conditions:
    1. This Authorization is valid from March 1, 2016, through December 
31, 2016.
    2. This Authorization is valid only for EMALL's activities 
associated with survey operations that shall occur within the areas 
denoted as Marine Terminal Survey Area and Pipeline Survey Area as 
depicted in the attached Figure 1 of EMALL's October 2015 application 
to the National Marine Fisheries Service.
    3. Species Authorized and Level of Take
    (a) The incidental taking of marine mammals, by Level B harassment 
only,

[[Page 6402]]

is limited to the following species in the waters of Cook Inlet:
    (i) Odontocetes: see Table 1 (attached) for authorized species and 
take numbers.
    (ii) Pinnipeds: see Table 1 (attached) for authorized species and 
take numbers.
    (iii) If any marine mammal species are encountered during 
activities that are not listed in Table 1 (attached) for authorized 
taking and are likely to be exposed to sound pressure levels (SPLs) 
greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for impulsive sound 
of 120 dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms), then the Holder of this Authorization must 
alter speed or course or shut-down the sound source to avoid take.
    (b) The taking by injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or 
death of any of the species listed in Table 1 or the taking of any 
other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the 
modification, suspension or revocation of this Authorization.
    (c) If the number of detected takes of any marine mammal species 
listed in Table 1 is met or exceeded, EMALL shall immediately cease 
survey operations involving the use of active sound sources (e.g., 
airguns, profilers etc.) and notify NMFS.
    4. The authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the 
following acoustic sources (or sources with comparable frequency and 
intensity) absent an amendment to this Authorization:
    (a) EdgeTech3200 Sub-bottom profiler chirp;
    (b) Applied Acoustics AA301 Sub-bottom profiler boomer;
    (c) A 60 in\3\ airgun;
    5. The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under 
this Authorization must be reported immediately to the Chief, Permits 
and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS or her 
designee at (301) 427-8401.
    6. The holder of this Authorization must notify the Chief of the 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, or 
her designee at least 48 hours prior to the start of survey activities 
(unless constrained by the date of issuance of this Authorization in 
which case notification shall be made as soon as possible) at 301-427-
8484 or to [email protected].
    7. Mitigation and Monitoring Requirements: The Holder of this 
Authorization is required to implement the following mitigation and 
monitoring requirements when conducting the specified activities to 
achieve the least practicable impact on affected marine mammal species 
or stocks:
    (a) Utilize a minimum of two NMFS- qualified PSOs per source vessel 
(one on duty and one off-duty) to visually watch for and monitor marine 
mammals near the seismic source vessels during daytime operations (from 
nautical twilight-dawn to nautical twilight-dusk) and before and during 
start-ups of sound sources day or night. Two PSVOs will be on each 
source vessel, and two PSVOs will be on a support vessel to observe the 
exclusion and disturbance zones. PSVOs shall have access to reticle 
binoculars (7x50) and long-range binoculars (40x80). PSVO shifts shall 
last no longer than 4 hours at a time. PSVOs shall also make 
observations during daytime periods when the sound sources are not 
operating for comparison of animal abundance and behavior, when 
feasible. When practicable, as an additional means of visual 
observation, EMALL's vessel crew may also assist in detecting marine 
mammals.
    (b) Record the following information when a marine mammal is 
sighted:
    (i) Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), 
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if 
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, 
apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance, 
approach, paralleling, etc.), and behavioral pace;
    (ii) Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel 
(including type of equipment operating), Beaufort sea state and wind 
force, visibility, and sun glare; and
    (iii) The data listed under Condition 7(d)(ii) shall also be 
recorded at the start and end of each observation watch and during a 
watch whenever there is a change in one or more of the variables.
    (c) Establish a 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) ``disturbance zone'' for 
belugas, and groups of five or more harbor porpoises and killer whales 
as well as a 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) and 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
``exclusion zone'' (EZ) for cetaceans and pinnipeds respectively before 
equipment is in operation.
    (d) Visually observe the entire extent of the EZ (180 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa [rms] for cetaceans and 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa [rms] for pinnipeds) 
using NMFS-qualified PSVOs, for at least 30 minutes (min) prior to 
starting the survey (day or night). If the PSVO finds a marine mammal 
within the EZ, EMALL must delay the seismic survey until the marine 
mammal(s) has left the area. If the PSVO sees a marine mammal that 
surfaces, then dives below the surface, the PSVO shall wait 30 min. If 
the PSVO sees no marine mammals during that time, they should assume 
that the animal has moved beyond the EZ. If for any reason the entire 
radius cannot be seen for the entire 30 min (i.e., rough seas, fog, 
darkness), or if marine mammals are near, approaching, or in the EZ, 
the sound sources may not be started.
    (e) Alter speed or course during survey operations if a marine 
mammal, based on its position and relative motion, appears likely to 
enter the relevant EZ. If speed or course alteration is not safe or 
practicable, or if after alteration the marine mammal still appears 
likely to enter the EZ, further mitigation measures, such as a 
shutdown, shall be taken.
    (f) Shutdown the sound source(s) if a marine mammal is detected 
within, approaches, or enters the relevant EZ. A shutdown means all 
operating sound sources are shut down (i.e., turned off).
    (g) Survey activity shall not resume until the PSVO has visually 
observed the marine mammal(s) exiting the EZ and is not likely to 
return, or has not been seen within the EZ for 15 min for species with 
shorter dive durations (small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30 min for 
species with longer dive durations (large odontocetes, including killer 
whales and beluga whales).
    (h) Marine geophysical surveys may continue into night and low-
light hours if such segment(s) of the survey is initiated when the 
entire relevant EZs can be effectively monitored visually (i.e., 
PSVO(s) must be able to see the extent of the entire relevant EZ).
    (i) No initiation of survey operations involving the use of sound 
sources is permitted from a shutdown position at night or during low-
light hours (such as in dense fog or heavy rain).
    (j) If a beluga whale is visually sighted approaching or within the 
relevant160dB disturbance zone, survey activity will not commence or 
the sound source(s) shall be shut down until the animals are no longer 
present within the 160-dB zone.
    (h) Whenever aggregations or groups of killer whales and/or harbor 
porpoises are detected approaching or within the 160-dB disturbance 
zone, survey activity will not commence or the sound source(s) shall be 
shut-down until the animals are no longer present within the 160-dB 
zone. An aggregation or group of whales/porpoises shall consist of five 
or more individuals of any age/sex class.
    (i) EMALL must not operate within 10 miles (16 km) of the mean 
higher high water (MHHW) line of the Susitna Delta (Beluga River to the 
Little Susitna River) between April 15 and October 15 (to avoid any 
effects to belugas in an important feeding and breeding area).

[[Page 6403]]

    (j) Survey operations involving the use of airguns, sub-bottom 
profiler, or vibracore must cease if takes of any marine mammal are met 
or exceeded.
    8. Reporting Requirements: The Holder of this Authorization is 
required to:
    (a) Submit a weekly field report, no later than close of business 
(Alaska time) each Thursday during the weeks when in-water survey 
activities take place. The field reports will summarize species 
detected, in-water activity occurring at the time of the sighting, 
behavioral reactions to in-water activities, and the number of marine 
mammals taken. The weekly reports will also contain information about 
which km\2\ grid cells that EMALL has operated in that week, along with 
the corresponding densities from the Goetz et al 2012 model to indicate 
how many belugas may have been taken by these operations. The weekly 
report will also include the number of belugas that may have been taken 
from previous weeks to track when EMALL is approaching their cap of 34 
belugas.
    (b) Submit a monthly report, no later than the 15th of each month, 
to NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division for all months during which 
in-water seismic survey activities occur. These reports must contain 
and summarize the following information:
    (i) Dates, times, locations, heading, speed, weather, sea 
conditions (including Beaufort sea state and wind force), and 
associated activities during all operations and marine mammal 
sightings;
    (ii) Species, number, location, distance from the vessel, and 
behavior of any marine mammals, as well as associated activity (type of 
equipment in use and number of shutdowns), observed throughout all 
monitoring activities;
    (iii) An estimate of the number (by species) of: (A) pinnipeds that 
have been exposed to the activity (based on visual observation) at 
received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) and/
or 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors 
those individuals exhibited; and (B) cetaceans that have been exposed 
to the activity (based on visual observation) at received levels 
greater than or equal to 120 dB or 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) and/or 180 
dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) with a discussion of any specific behaviors those 
individuals exhibited.
    (iv) A description of the implementation and effectiveness of the: 
(A) terms and conditions of the Biological Opinion's Incidental Take 
Statement (ITS); and (B) mitigation measures of this Authorization. For 
the Biological Opinion, the report shall confirm the implementation of 
each Term and Condition, as well as any conservation recommendations, 
and describe their effectiveness, for minimizing the adverse effects of 
the action on Endangered Species Act-listed marine mammals.
    (c) Submit a draft Technical Report on all activities and 
monitoring results to NMFS' Permits and Conservation Division within 90 
days of the completion of the seismic survey. The Technical Report will 
include the following information:
    (i) Summaries of monitoring effort (e.g., total hours, total 
distances, and marine mammal distribution through the study period, 
accounting for sea state and other factors affecting visibility and 
detectability of marine mammals);
    (ii) Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing 
detectability of marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number of observers, 
and fog/glare);
    (iii) Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of marine 
mammal sightings, including date, water depth, numbers, age/size/gender 
categories (if determinable), group sizes, and ice cover;
    (iv) Analyses of the effects of survey operations; and
    (v) Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and 
without survey activities (and other variables that could affect 
detectability), such as: (A) initial sighting distances versus survey 
activity state; (B) closest point of approach versus survey activity 
state; (C) observed behaviors and types of movements versus survey 
activity state; (D) numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus survey 
activity state; (E) distribution around the source vessels versus 
survey activity state; and (F) estimates of take by Level B harassment 
based on presence in the relevant 120 dB or 160 dB harassment zone.
    (d) Submit a final report to the Chief, Permits and Conservation 
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, within 30 days after 
receiving comments from NMFS on the draft report. If NMFS decides that 
the draft report needs no comments, the draft report shall be 
considered to be the final report.
    (e) EMALL must immediately report to NMFS if 25 belugas are 
detected within the relevant 120 dB or 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
disturbance zone during survey operations to allow NMFS to consider 
making necessary adjustments to monitoring and mitigation.
    9. (a) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity 
clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by 
this Authorization, such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious 
injury or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, and/or 
entanglement), EMALL shall immediately cease the specified activities 
and immediately report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and 
Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, or her 
designees by phone or email (telephone: 301-427-8401 or 
[email protected]), the Alaska Regional Office (telephone: 907-271-
1332 or [email protected]), and the Alaska Regional Stranding 
Coordinators (telephone: 907-586-7248 or [email protected] or 
[email protected]). The report must include the following 
information:
    (i) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    (ii) The name and type of vessel involved;
    (iii) The vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    (iv) Description of the incident;
    (v) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the 
incident;
    (vi) Water depth;
    (vii) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (viii) Description of marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (ix) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (x) The fate of the animal(s); and
    (xi) Photographs or video footage of the animal (if equipment is 
available).
    Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with EMALL to 
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further 
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. EMALL may not resume their 
activities until notified by NMFS via letter or email, or telephone.
    (b) In the event that EMALL discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or 
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than 
a moderate state of decomposition as described in the next paragraph), 
EMALL will immediately report the incident to the Chief of the Permits 
and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, her 
designees, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline (see contact 
information in Condition 9(a)). The report must include the same 
information identified in the Condition 9(a) above. Activities may 
continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances

[[Page 6404]]

of the incident. NMFS will work with EMALL to determine whether 
modifications in the activities are appropriate.
    (c) In the event that EMALL discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not 
associated with or related to the activities authorized in Condition 2 
of this Authorization (e.g., previously wounded animal, carcass with 
moderate to advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage), EMALL shall 
report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation 
Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, her designees, the NMFS 
Alaska Stranding Hotline (1-877-925-7773), and the Alaska Regional 
Stranding Coordinators within 24 hours of the discovery (see contact 
information in Condition 9(a)). EMALL shall provide photographs or 
video footage (if available) or other documentation of the stranded 
animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding Network. 
Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the 
incident.
    10. EMALL is required to comply with the Reasonable and Prudent 
Measures and Terms and Conditions of the ITS corresponding to NMFS' 
Biological Opinion issued to both U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and 
NMFS' Office of Protected Resources.
    11. A copy of this Authorization and the ITS must be in the 
possession of all contractors and PSOs operating under the authority of 
this Incidental Harassment Authorization.
    12. Penalties and Permit Sanctions: Any person who violates any 
provision of this Incidental Harassment Authorization is subject to 
civil and criminal penalties, permit sanctions, and forfeiture as 
authorized under the MMPA.
    13. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the Holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if the 
authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the 
species or stock of affected marine mammals, or if there is an 
unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or 
stocks for subsistence uses.

 Table 1--Authorized Take Numbers for Each Marine Mammal Species in Cook
                                  Inlet
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Authorized
                                                             take in the
                          Species                            Cook Inlet
                                                             action area
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Odontocetes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas)......................            34
Killer whale (Orcinus orca)...............................            13
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena).......................            54
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Pinnipeds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina richardsi)....................         4,643
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for EMALL. Please 
include with your comments any supporting data or literature citations 
to help inform our final decision on EMALL's request for an MMPA 
authorization.

    Dated: January 29, 2016.
Perry F. Gayaldo,
Deputy Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine 
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2016-01967 Filed 2-4-16; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                                                                        Vol. 81                           Friday,
                                                                                                        No. 24                            February 5, 2016




                                                                                                        Part III


                                                                                                        Department of Commerce
                                                                                                        National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
                                                                                                        Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine
                                                                                                        Mammals Incidental to Geophysical and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet,
                                                                                                        Alaska; Notices
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4717   Sfmt 4717   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6376                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                  INFORMATION CONTACT), or visiting the                   EMALL proposes to conduct a
                                                                                                           internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/                geophysical and geotechnical survey in
                                                   National Oceanic and Atmospheric                        pr/permits/incidental.htm. The                        Cook Inlet to investigate the technical
                                                   Administration                                          following associated documents are also               suitability of a pipeline study corridor
                                                                                                           available at the same internet address:               across Cook Inlet and potential marine
                                                   RIN 0648–XE403
                                                                                                           Draft Environmental Assessment.                       terminal locations near Nikiski. The
                                                   Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                   FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Sara                 proposed activity would occur for 16
                                                   Specified Activities; Taking Marine                     Young, Office of Protected Resources,                 weeks during the 2016 open water
                                                   Mammals Incidental to Geophysical                       NMFS, (301) 427–8484.                                 season beginning on March 1, 2016. The
                                                   and Geotechnical Survey in Cook Inlet,                  SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                                                                                                                                 following specific aspects of the
                                                   Alaska                                                                                                        proposed activities are likely to result in
                                                                                                           Background                                            the take of marine mammals: Use of a
                                                   AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                         Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the               seismic airgun, sub-bottom profiler
                                                   Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                    MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct                  (chirp and boomer), and a vibracore.
                                                   Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                      the Secretary of Commerce to allow,                   Take, by Level B Harassment only, of
                                                   Commerce.                                               upon request, the incidental, but not                 individuals of four species of marine
                                                   ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                     intentional, taking of small numbers of               mammals is anticipated to result from
                                                   harassment authorization; request for                   marine mammals by U.S. citizens who                   the specified activities.
                                                   comments.                                               engage in a specified activity (other than              EMALL received an Authorization for
                                                                                                           commercial fishing) within a specified                2015 to conduct a similar suite of
                                                   SUMMARY:    NMFS has received an                                                                              activities using the same technologies.
                                                                                                           geographical region if certain findings
                                                   application from ExxonMobil Alaska                                                                            The Authorization was issued for 84
                                                                                                           are made and either regulations are
                                                   LNG LLC (EMALL) for an Incidental                                                                             days beginning August 14, 2015 (80 FR
                                                                                                           issued or, if the taking is limited to
                                                   Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take                                                                        50989).
                                                                                                           harassment, a notice of a proposed
                                                   marine mammals, by harassment,
                                                                                                           authorization is provided to the public               Description of the Specified Activity
                                                   incidental to a geophysical and
                                                                                                           for review.
                                                   geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet,                                                                            Overview
                                                                                                              An authorization for incidental
                                                   Alaska. This action is proposed to occur
                                                                                                           takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                   The planned geophysical surveys
                                                   for 16 weeks. Pursuant to the Marine
                                                                                                           that the taking will have a negligible                involve remote sensors including single
                                                   Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS
                                                                                                           impact on the species or stock(s), will               beam echo sounder, multibeam echo
                                                   is requesting comments on its proposal
                                                                                                           not have an unmitigable adverse impact                sounder, sub-bottom profiler (chirp and
                                                   to issue an IHA to EMALL to
                                                                                                           on the availability of the species or                 boomer), 0.983 L (60 in3) airgun array,
                                                   incidentally take, by Level B
                                                                                                           stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                  side scan sonar, geophysical resistivity
                                                   Harassment only, marine mammals
                                                                                                           relevant), and if the permissible                     meters, and magnetometer to
                                                   during the specified activity.
                                                                                                           methods of taking and requirements                    characterize the bottom surface and
                                                   DATES: Comments and information must                    pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring              subsurface. The planned shallow
                                                   be received no later than March 7, 2016.                and reporting of such takings are set                 geotechnical investigations include
                                                   ADDRESSES: Comments on the                              forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                  vibracoring, sediment grab sampling,
                                                   application should be addressed to Jolie                impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘an                    and piezo-cone penetration testing
                                                   Harrison, Chief, Permits and                            impact resulting from the specified                   (PCPT) to directly evaluate seabed
                                                   Conservation Division, Office of                        activity that cannot be reasonably                    features and soil conditions.
                                                   Protected Resources, National Marine                    expected to, and is not reasonably likely             Geotechnical borings are planned at
                                                   Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West                       to, adversely affect the species or stock             potential shoreline crossings and in the
                                                   Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The                   through effects on annual rates of                    terminal boring subarea within the
                                                   mailbox address for providing email                     recruitment or survival.’’                            Marine Terminal survey area, and will
                                                   comments is itp.young@noaa.gov.                            Except with respect to certain                     be used to collect information on the
                                                   Comments sent via email, including all                  activities not pertinent here, the MMPA               mechanical properties of in-situ soils to
                                                   attachments, must not exceed a 25-                      defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of                 support feasibility studies for
                                                   megabyte file size. NMFS is not                         pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)              construction crossing techniques and
                                                   responsible for comments sent to                        has the potential to injure a marine                  decisions on siting and design of
                                                   addresses other than those provided                     mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  pilings, dolphins, and other marine
                                                   here.                                                   wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has                structures. Geophysical resistivity
                                                      Instructions: All comments received                  the potential to disturb a marine                     imaging will be conducted at the
                                                   are a part of the public record and will                mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  potential shoreline crossings. Shear
                                                   generally be posted to http://                          wild by causing disruption of behavioral              wave velocity profiles (downhole
                                                   www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                           patterns, including, but not limited to,              geophysics) will be conducted within
                                                   incidental.htm without change. All                      migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,              some of the boreholes. Further details of
                                                   Personal Identifying Information (for                   feeding, or sheltering [Level B                       the planned operations are provided
                                                   example, name, address, etc.)                           harassment].                                          below.
                                                   voluntarily submitted by the commenter
                                                                                                           Summary of Request                                    Dates and Duration
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   may be publicly accessible. Do not
                                                   submit Confidential Business                              On October 5, 2015, NMFS received                     EMALL expects operations to occur
                                                   Information or otherwise sensitive or                   an application from EMALL for the                     102 days during the 2016 open-water
                                                   protected information.                                  taking of marine mammals incidental to                season between March 2016 and
                                                      An electronic copy of the application                a geotechnical and geophysical survey                 November 2016. Operations in the
                                                   may be obtained by writing to the                       in Cook Inlet, Alaska. NMFS determined                pipeline survey area would occur for
                                                   address specified above, telephoning the                that the application was adequate and                 approximately 46 days, and operations
                                                   contact listed below (see FOR FURTHER                   complete on December 22, 2015.                        in the marine facilities survey area and


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                            6377

                                                   LNG carrier (LNGC) approach survey                      Once with the chirp and boomer sub-                   below Information on the acoustic
                                                   area would occur for a total of                         bottom profilers operated                             characteristics of geophysical and
                                                   approximately 56 days. Approximately                    simultaneously, and once with the air                 geotechnical sound sources is also
                                                   100 km (62 mi) of transect line (the                    gun and chirp subbottom profiler                      summarized in Table 2 in the
                                                   linear distance traveled by the survey                  operated simultaneously. The pipeline                 application, followed by a
                                                   vessel) would be surveyed on an average                 survey area will also be surveyed twice:              corresponding description of each piece
                                                   day. The use of an air gun from a                       Once with the chirp and boomer sub-                   of equipment to be used.
                                                   stationary platform would occur over an                 bottom profilers operated
                                                                                                                                                                 Sub-Bottom Profiler—Chirp
                                                   estimated 24 days in the marine                         simultaneously and once with the
                                                   facilities survey area. Vibracoring would               boomer sub-bottom profiler and air gun                   The chirp sub-bottom profiler
                                                   occur approximately 120 times                           operated simultaneously. Use of an air                planned for use in this program is a
                                                   (estimated 60 days) during the 2016                     gun from a stationary platform will be                precisely controlled ‘‘chirp’’ system that
                                                   open-water season between March 2016                    conducted only in the marine facilities               emits high-energy sounds with a
                                                   and November 2016. It is expected that                  survey area. Vibracoring may be                       resolution of one millisecond (ms) and
                                                   on average, two vibracores would be                     conducted throughout all of the survey                is used to penetrate and profile the
                                                   conducted each day depending on tides                   areas.                                                shallow sediments near the sea floor. At
                                                   and currents, with the sound source                                                                           operating frequencies of 2 to 16 kHz
                                                                                                           Detailed Description of Activities                    (Table 2 in application), this system will
                                                   operating for a few minutes each time
                                                   the equipment is deployed. The survey                     The details of this activity are broken             be operating at the lower end of the
                                                   days may not be consecutive, given                      down into two categories for further                  hearing range of beluga whales and well
                                                   operational limitations including but                   description and analysis: Geophysical                 below the most sensitive hearing range
                                                   not limited to tides, currents, hours of                surveys and geotechnical surveys.                     of beluga whales (45–80 kHz, Castellote
                                                   daylight, vessel resupply, personnel                                                                          et al. 2014), killer whales (18–42 kHz;
                                                                                                           Geophysical Surveys
                                                   fatigue days, weather, and simultaneous                                                                       Szymanski et al. 1999) and harbor
                                                   operations. The activities would be                       The types of acoustical geophysical                 porpoises (16–140 kHz; Kastelein et al.
                                                   scheduled in such a manner as to                        equipment planned for use in the Cook                 2002). The source level is estimated at
                                                   minimize potential effects to marine                    Inlet 2016 G&G Program are indicated in               202 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms). The beam
                                                   mammals, subsistence activities, and                    Table 1 in the application. The                       width is 24 degrees and pointed
                                                   other users of the Cook Inlet. EMALL                    equipment includes: Sub-bottom                        downward. The chirp will be used in
                                                   will engage with NMFS should the                        profilers (chirp and boomer), 0.983 L (60             combination with the boomer, and
                                                   program require additional time to                      in3) airgun, and vibracore.                           separately in combination with the air
                                                   complete.                                                 Downhole geophysics is included in                  gun.
                                                                                                           the table as a sound source, but is not
                                                   Specified Geographic Region                             considered further in this assessment as              Sub-Bottom Profiler—Boomer
                                                      Three separate areas will be surveyed                the energy source will not generate                      A boomer sub-bottom profiling system
                                                   in Cook Inlet. The survey areas are                     significant sound energy within the                   with a penetration depth of up to 600
                                                   shown in Figure 1 of the application.                   water column since the equipment will                 ms and resolution of 2 to 10 ms will be
                                                   The survey areas were sized to provide                  be located downhole within the                        used to penetrate and profile the Cook
                                                   siting flexibility for future infrastructure            geotechnical boreholes. The transmitter               Inlet sediments to an intermediate
                                                   to avoid existing hazards.                              (source) and receiver are both housed                 depth. The system will be towed behind
                                                      The pipeline survey area (Figure 2 in                within the same probe or tool that is                 the vessel. With a sound energy source
                                                   the application) extends in the marine                  lowered into the hole on a wireline. The              level of about 205 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms)
                                                   waters of Cook Inlet from the northwest                 suspension log transmitter is an                      at frequencies of 0.5 to 6 kHz (Table 2
                                                   shoreline of Upper Cook Inlet near the                  electromechanical device. It consists of              in application), most of the sound
                                                   communities of Tyonek and Beluga to                     a metallic barrel (the hammer) disposed               energy generated by the boomer will be
                                                   the southeast shoreline of Upper Cook                   horizontally in the tool and actuated by              at frequencies that are well below peak
                                                   Inlet near Boulder Point on the Kenai                   an electromagnet (solenoid) to hit the                hearing sensitivities of beluga whales
                                                   Peninsula. This survey area is                          inside of tool body (the plate). The                  (45–80 kHz; Castellote et al. 2014), but
                                                   approximately 47 km (29 mi) in length                   fundamental H1 mode is at about 4.5                   would still be detectable by these
                                                   and averages approximately 16 km (10                    KHz, and H2 is at 9 KHz. An extra                     animals. The boomer is pointed
                                                   mi) wide. The pipeline survey area is                   resonance (unknown) mode is also                      downward but the equipment is omni-
                                                   795 km2 (307 mi2).                                      present at about 15 Khz. An analysis                  directional so the physical orientation is
                                                      The marine facilities survey area and                performed to estimate the expected                    irrelevant.
                                                   LNGC approach survey areas (Figure 3                    sound level of the proposed borehole
                                                   in the application) are located in the                  logging equipment scaled the sound                    Airgun
                                                   marine waters of Cook Inlet near the                    produced by a steel pile driven by a                     A 0.983 L (60 in3) airgun or airgun
                                                   eastern shoreline of what is defined as                 hammer (given that both are cylindrical               array of equal or lesser volume will be
                                                   the northern region of Lower Cook Inlet,                noise sources and produce impulsive                   used to gather high resolution profiling
                                                   south of the Forelands and adjacent to                  sounds) and concluded that the sound                  at greater depths below the seafloor. The
                                                   Nikiski on the Kenai Peninsula. The                     level produced at 25 m by the borehole                published source level from Sercel (the
                                                   marine facilities survey area                           logging equipment would be less than                  manufacturer) for a 0.983 L (60 in3)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   encompasses 109 km2 (42 mi2) and the                    142 dB. This is not considering the                   airgun is 216 dB re 1 mPa-m (equating
                                                   LNGC approach survey area                               confining effect of the borehole which                to about 206 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms). These
                                                   encompasses 79 km2 (30 mi2).                            would lower the sound level even                      airguns typically produce sound levels
                                                      In the LNGC approach survey area,                    further (I&R, 2015).                                  at frequencies of less than 1 kHz
                                                   the chirp and boomer sub-bottom                           The other types of geophysical                      (Richardson et al. 1995, Zykov and Carr
                                                   profilers will be operated                              equipment proposed for the 2015                       2012), or below the most sensitive
                                                   simultaneously. The marine facilities                   program will generate impulsive sound                 hearing of beluga whales (45–80 kHz;
                                                   survey area will be surveyed twice:                     in the water column and are described                 Castellote et al. 2014), but within the


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6378                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   functional hearing of these animals (>75                      with a frequency range of between 10                             also be used from a stationary platform
                                                   Hz; Southall et al. 2007). The airgun                         Hz and 20 kHz (Table 2). Vibracoring                             or barge.
                                                   will only be used during geophysical                          will result in the largest zone of
                                                   surveys conducted in the Marine                               influence (ZOI; area ensonified by                               Description of Marine Mammals in the
                                                   Facilities area (Lower Inlet).                                sound energy greater than the 120 dB                             Area of the Specified Activity
                                                                                                                 threshold) among the continuous sound                               Marine mammals that regularly
                                                   Geotechnical Surveys                                          sources. Vibracoring would also have a                           inhabit upper Cook Inlet and Nikiski
                                                   Shallow Geotechnical Investigations—                          very small effect on the benthic habitat.                        activity areas are the beluga whale
                                                   Vibracores                                                    Vibracoring will be conducted                                    (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor
                                                                                                                 approximately 120 times over 60 days.                            porpoise (Phocoena phocoena), and
                                                      Vibracoring is conducted to obtain                           Because of the very brief duration
                                                   cores of the seafloor sediment from the                                                                                        harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) (Table 6).
                                                                                                                 within a day (each event lasting 1 or 2-
                                                   surface down to a depth of about 6.1 m                        minute periods) of this continuous, non-                         However, these species are found there
                                                   (20 ft). The cores are later analyzed in                      impulsive sound, combined with the                               in relatively low numbers, and generally
                                                   the laboratory for moisture, organic and                      small number of days the source will be                          only during the summer fish runs
                                                   carbonate content, shear strength, and                        used overall, NMFS does not believe                              (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et al. 2012).
                                                   grain size. Vibracore samplers consist of                     that the vibracore operations will result                        Killer whales (Orcinus orca) are
                                                   a 10-cm (4.0-in) diameter core barrel                         in the take of marine mammals.                                   occasionally observed in upper Cook
                                                   and a vibratory driving mechanism                             However, because the applicant                                   Inlet where they have been observed
                                                   mounted on a four-legged frame, which                         requested take from this source and                              attempting to prey on beluga whales
                                                   is lowered to the seafloor. The electric                      included a quantitative analysis in their                        (Shelden et al. 2003). Based on a
                                                   motor driving mechanism oscillates the                        application, that analysis will be                               number of factors, Shelden et al. (2003)
                                                   core barrel into the sediment where a                         included here for reference and                                  concluded that the killer whales found
                                                   core sample is then extracted. The                            opportunity for public comment.                                  in upper Cook Inlet to date are the
                                                   duration of the operation varies with                                                                                          transient type, while resident types
                                                   substrate type, but generally the sound                       Vessels                                                          occasionally enter lower Cook Inlet.
                                                   source (driving mechanism) is operable                          Vessels used in the program will be                            Marine mammals occasionally found in
                                                   for only the one or two minutes it takes                      approximately 15–42 m (50–140 ft) in                             lower Cook Inlet include humpback
                                                   to complete the 6.1-m (20-ft) bore and                        length and 4.5–15 m (15–50 ft) in width                          whales (Megaptera novaeangliae), gray
                                                   the entire setup process often takes less                     (beam) with approximately 750–1500                               whales (Eschrichtius robustus), minke
                                                   than one hour.                                                horsepower. When used in combination,                            whales (Balaenoptera acutorostrata),
                                                      Chorney et al. (2011) conducted                            the air gun and chirp and boomer sub-                            Dall’s porpoise (Phocoena dalli), and
                                                   sound measurements on an operating                            bottom profilers will typically be                               Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus).
                                                   vibracorer in Alaska and found that it                        deployed from the same survey vessel.                            Background information of species
                                                   emitted a sound pressure level at 1-m                         Vibracoring may be conducted from a                              found in Upper Cook Inlet is detailed in
                                                   source of 187.4 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms),                          separate survey vessel. The air gun may                          Table 1 below.

                                                                                       TABLE 1—MARINE MAMMALS INHABITING THE COOK INLET ACTION AREA
                                                                                                               ESA/MMPA                             Stock abundance
                                                                                                                status1;                                                                       Relative occurrence in Cook Inlet;
                                                          Species                      Stock                                                (CV, Nmin, most recent abundance
                                                                                                                strategic                                                                            season of occurrence
                                                                                                                                                        survey) 2
                                                                                                                  (Y/N)

                                                   Killer whale ............   Alaska Resident ...        –;N ........................    2,347 (N/A; 2,084; 2009) .....................     Occasionally sighted in Lower Cook
                                                                               Alaska Transient ...       –:N ........................    345 (N/A; 303; 2003) ...........................     Inlet.
                                                   Beluga whale .........      Cook Inlet .............   E/D;Y ....................      312 (0.10; 280; 2012) ..........................   Use upper Inlet in summer and lower
                                                                                                                                                                                               in winter: Annual.
                                                   Harbor porpoise .....       Gulf of Alaska .......     –;Y ........................    31,046 (0.214; 25,987; 1998) ..............        Widespread in the Inlet: Annual (less
                                                                                                                                                                                               in winter).
                                                   Harbor seal ............    Cook Inlet/Shelikof        –;N ........................    22,900 (0.053; 21,896; 2006) ..............        Frequently found in upper and lower
                                                                                                                                                                                               inlet; annual (more in northern Inlet
                                                                                                                                                                                               in summer).
                                                      1 ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (–) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or
                                                   designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality ex-
                                                   ceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any spe-
                                                   cies or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
                                                      2 CV is coefficient of variation; N
                                                                                         min is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks,
                                                   abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the
                                                   abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate.


                                                   Beluga Whale (Delphinapterus leucas)                          effective barrier to genetic exchange                            exceedingly rare, and these were
                                                                                                                 (O’Corry-Crowe et al. 1997) and that                             composed of a few stragglers from the
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                      The Cook Inlet beluga whale Distinct                       these whales may have been separated                             Cook Inlet DPS observed at Kodiak
                                                   Population Segment (DPS) is a small                           from other stocks at least since the last                        Island, Prince William Sound, and
                                                   geographically isolated population that                       ice age. Laidre et al. (2000) examined                           Yakutat Bay. Several marine mammal
                                                   is separated from other beluga
                                                                                                                 data from over 20 marine mammal                                  surveys specific to Cook Inlet (Laidre et
                                                   populations by the Alaska Peninsula.
                                                                                                                 surveys conducted in the northern Gulf                           al. 2000, Speckman and Piatt 2000),
                                                   The population is genetically (mtDNA)
                                                   distinct from other Alaska populations,                       of Alaska and found that sightings of                            including those that concentrated on
                                                   suggesting that the Peninsula is an                           belugas outside Cook Inlet were                                  beluga whales (Rugh et al. 2000, 2005a),



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:43 Feb 04, 2016    Jkt 238001     PO 00000      Frm 00004        Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM         05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                            6379

                                                   clearly indicate that this stock largely                application) and the vicinity of the                  confirmed mortalities from killer whales
                                                   confines itself to Cook Inlet. There is no              proposed Marine Terminal. However,                    is small (Shelden et al. 2003). If killer
                                                   indication that these whales make                       Cook Inlet beluga whales begin moving                 whales were to venture into upper Cook
                                                   forays into the Bering Sea where they                   into Knik Arm around August 15 where                  Inlet in 2015, they might be encountered
                                                   might intermix with other Alaskan                       they spend about a month feeding on                   during the G&G Program.
                                                   stocks.                                                 Eagle River salmon. The area between
                                                      The Cook Inlet beluga DPS was                                                                              Harbor Porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)
                                                                                                           Nikiski, Kenai, and Kalgin Island
                                                   originally estimated at 1,300 whales in                 provides important wintering habitat for                 Harbor porpoise are small
                                                   1979 (Calkins 1989) and has been the                    Cook Inlet beluga whales. Use of this                 (approximately 1.2 m [4 ft] in length),
                                                   focus of management concerns since                      area would be expected between fall                   relatively inconspicuous toothed
                                                   experiencing a dramatic decline in the                  and spring, with animals largely absent               whales. The Gulf of Alaska Stock is
                                                   1990s. Between 1994 and 1998 the stock                  during the summer months when G&G                     distributed from Cape Suckling to
                                                   declined 47%, which has been                            surveys would occur (Goetz et al. 2012).              Unimak Pass and was most recently
                                                   attributed to overharvesting by                                                                               estimated at 31,046 animals (Allen and
                                                   subsistence hunting. During that period,                Killer Whale (Orcinus orca)                           Angliss 2014). They are found primarily
                                                   subsistence hunting was estimated to                       Two different stocks of killer whales              in coastal waters less than 100 m (328
                                                   have annually removed 10–15% of the                     inhabit the Cook Inlet region of Alaska:              ft) deep (Hobbs and Waite 2010) where
                                                   population. Only five belugas have been                 The Alaska Resident Stock and the Gulf                they feed on Pacific herring (Clupea
                                                   harvested since 1999, yet the population                of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, Bering Sea               pallasii), other schooling fishes, and
                                                   has continued to decline (Allen and                     Transient Stock (Allen and Angliss                    cephalopods.
                                                   Angliss 2014), with the most recent                     2014). The Alaska Resident killer whale                  Although they have been frequently
                                                   estimate at only 312 animals (Allen and                 stock is estimated at 2,347 animals and               observed during aerial surveys in Cook
                                                   Angliss 2014). The NMFS listed the                      occurs from Southeast Alaska to the                   Inlet, most sightings of harbor porpoise
                                                   population as ‘‘depleted’’ in 2000 as a                 Bering Sea (Allen and Angliss 2014).                  are of single animals, and are
                                                   consequence of the decline, and as                      Resident killer whales feed exclusively               concentrated at Chinitna and Tuxedni
                                                   ‘‘endangered’’ under the ESA in 2008                    on fish and are genetically distinct from             bays on the west side of lower Cook
                                                   when the population failed to recover                   transient whales (Saulitis et al. 2000).              Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a). Dahlheim et al.
                                                   following a moratorium on subsistence                      The transient killer whales feed                   (2000) estimated the 1991 Cook Inlet-
                                                   harvest. In April 2011, the NMFS                        primarily on marine mammals (Saulitis                 wide population at only 136 animals.
                                                   designated critical habitat for the Cook                et al. 2000). The transient population                Also, during marine mammal
                                                   Inlet beluga whale under the ESA                        inhabiting the Gulf of Alaska shares                  monitoring efforts conducted in upper
                                                   (Figure 2 in the application).                          mitochondrial DNA haplotypes with                     Cook Inlet by Apache from 2012 to
                                                      Prior to the decline, this DPS was                   whales found along the Aleutian Islands               2014, harbor porpoise represented less
                                                   believed to range throughout Cook Inlet                 and the Bering Sea, suggesting a                      than 2% of all marine mammal
                                                   and occasionally into Prince William                    common stock, although there appears                  sightings. However, they are one of the
                                                   Sound and Yakutat (Nemeth et al.                        to be some subpopulation genetic                      three marine mammals (besides belugas
                                                   2007). However, the range has                           structuring occurring to suggest the gene             and harbor seals) regularly seen in
                                                   contracted coincident with the                          flow between groups is limited (see                   upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth et al. 2007),
                                                   population reduction (Speckman and                      Allen and Angliss 2014). For the three                especially during spring eulachon and
                                                   Piatt 2000). During the summer and fall,                regions combined, the transient                       summer salmon runs. Because harbor
                                                   beluga whales are concentrated near the                 population has been estimated at 587                  porpoise have been observed throughout
                                                   Susitna River mouth, Knik Arm,                          animals (Allen and Angliss 2014).                     Cook Inlet during the summer months,
                                                   Turnagain Arm, and Chickaloon Bay                          Killer whales are occasionally                     including mid-inlet waters, they
                                                   (Nemeth et al. 2007) where they feed on                 observed in lower Cook Inlet, especially              represent species that might be
                                                   migrating eulachon (Thaleichthys                        near Homer and Port Graham (Shelden                   encountered during G&G Program
                                                   pacificus) and salmon (Onchorhynchus                    et al. 2003, Rugh et al. 2005a). The few              surveys in upper Cook Inlet.
                                                   spp.) (Moore et al. 2000). The limits of                whales that have been photographically
                                                   Critical Habitat Area 1 reflect the                     identified in lower Cook Inlet belong to              Harbor Seal (Phoca vitulina)
                                                   summer distribution (Figure 4 in the                    resident groups more commonly found                     At over 150,000 animals state-wide
                                                   application). During the winter, beluga                 in nearby Kenai Fjords and Prince                     (Allen and Angliss 2014), harbor seals
                                                   whales concentrate in deeper waters in                  William Sound (Shelden et al. 2003).                  are one of the more common marine
                                                   the mid-inlet to Kalgin Island, and in                  Prior to the 1980s, killer whale sightings            mammal species in Alaskan waters.
                                                   the shallow waters along the west shore                 in upper Cook Inlet were very rare.                   They are most commonly seen hauled
                                                   of Cook Inlet to Kamishak Bay. The                      During aerial surveys conducted                       out at tidal flats and rocky areas. Harbor
                                                   limits of Critical Habitat Area 2 reflect               between 1993 and 2004, killer whales                  seals feed largely on schooling fish such
                                                   the winter distribution. Some whales                    were observed on only three flights, all              as Alaska Pollock, Pacific cod, salmon,
                                                   may also winter in and near Kachemak                    in the Kachemak and English Bay area                  Pacific herring, eulachon, and squid.
                                                   Bay.                                                    (Rugh et al. 2005a). However, anecdotal               Although harbor seals may make
                                                      Goetz et al. (2012) modeled beluga                   reports of killer whales feeding on                   seasonal movements in response to
                                                   use in Cook Inlet based on the NMFS                     belugas in upper Cook Inlet began                     prey, they are resident to Alaska and do
                                                   aerial surveys conducted between 1994                   increasing in the 1990s, possibly in                  not migrate.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   and 2008. The combined model results                    response to declines in sea lion and                    The Cook Inlet/Shelikof Stock,
                                                   shown in Figure 3 in the application                    harbor seal prey elsewhere (Shelden et                ranging from approximately Anchorage
                                                   indicate a very clumped distribution of                 al. 2003). These sporadic ventures of                 down along the south side of the Alaska
                                                   summering beluga whales, and that                       transient killer whales into beluga                   Peninsula to Unimak Pass, has been
                                                   lower densities of belugas are expected                 summering grounds have been                           recently estimated at a stable 22,900
                                                   to occur in most of the pipeline survey                 implicated as a possible contributor to               (Allen and Angliss 2014). Large
                                                   area (but not necessarily specific G&G                  the decline of Cook Inlet belugas in the              numbers concentrate at the river mouths
                                                   survey locations; see Section 6.3 in the                1990s, although the number of                         and embayments of lower Cook Inlet,


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6380                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   including the Fox River mouth in                        Starichkof (Owl Ridge 2014). Because of               although there are no population
                                                   Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al. 2005a).                       the southern distribution of humpbacks                estimates for the North Pacific, although
                                                   Montgomery et al. (2007) recorded over                  in Cook Inlet, it is unlikely that they               estimates have been made for some
                                                   200 haulout sites in lower Cook Inlet                   will be encountered during this activity              portions of Alaska. Zerbini et al. (2006)
                                                   alone. However, only a few dozen to a                   in close enough proximity to cause                    estimated the coastal population
                                                   couple hundred seals seasonally occur                   Level B harassment. Therefore, no take                between Kenai Fjords and the Aleutian
                                                   in upper Cook Inlet (Rugh et al. 2005a),                is authorized for humpback whales.                    Islands at 1,233 animals.
                                                   mostly at the mouth of the Susitna River                                                                         During Cook Inlet-wide aerial surveys
                                                                                                           Gray Whale (Eschrichtius robustus)
                                                   where their numbers vary with the                                                                             conducted from 1993 to 2004, minke
                                                   spring eulachon and summer salmon                         Each spring, the Eastern North Pacific              whales were encountered only twice
                                                   runs (Nemeth et al. 2007, Boveng et al.                 stock of gray whale migrates 8,000                    (1998, 1999), both times off Anchor
                                                   2012). Review of NMFS aerial survey                     kilometers (5,000 miles) northward from               Point 16 miles northwest of Homer.
                                                   data collected from 1993–2012 (Shelden                  breeding lagoons in Baja California to                Recently, several minke whales were
                                                   et al. 2013) finds that the annual high                 feeding grounds in the Bering and                     recorded off Cape Starichkof in early
                                                   counts of seals hauled out in Cook Inlet                Chukchi seas, reversing their travel                  summer 2013 during exploratory
                                                   ranged from about 100–380, with most                    again in the fall (Rice and Wolman
                                                                                                                                                                 drilling conducted there (Owl Ridge
                                                   of these animals hauling out at the                     1971). Their migration route is for the
                                                                                                                                                                 2014). There are no records north of
                                                   mouths of the Theodore and Lewis                        most part coastal until they reach the
                                                                                                                                                                 Cape Starichkof, and this species is
                                                   Rivers. There are certainly thousands of                feeding grounds. A small portion of
                                                                                                                                                                 unlikely to be seen in upper Cook Inlet.
                                                   harbor seals occurring in lower Cook                    whales do not annually complete the
                                                                                                                                                                 There is little chance of encountering a
                                                   Inlet, but no references have been found                full circuit, as small numbers can be
                                                                                                                                                                 minke whale during these activities.
                                                   showing more than about 400 harbor                      found in the summer feeding along the
                                                                                                                                                                 Therefore, no take of minke whales is
                                                   seals occurring seasonally in upper                     Oregon, Washington, British Columbia,
                                                                                                                                                                 authorized.
                                                   Cook Inlet. In 2012, up to 100 harbor                   and Alaskan coasts (Rice et al. 1984,
                                                   seals were observed hauled out at the                   Moore et al. 2007).                                   Dall’s Porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli)
                                                   mouths of the Theodore and Lewis                          Human exploitation reduced this
                                                                                                           stock to an estimated ‘‘few thousand’’                  Dall’s porpoise are widely distributed
                                                   rivers (located about 16 km [10 mi]                                                                           throughout the North Pacific Ocean
                                                   northeast of the pipeline survey area)                  animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002).
                                                                                                           However, by the late 1980s, the stock                 including Alaska, although they are not
                                                   during monitoring activity associated                                                                         found in upper Cook Inlet and the
                                                   with Apache’s 2012 Cook Inlet seismic                   was appearing to reach carrying
                                                                                                           capacity and estimated to be at 26,600                shallower waters of the Bering, Chukchi,
                                                   program, and harbor seals constituted
                                                                                                           animals (Jones and Schwartz 2002). By                 and Beaufort Seas (Allen and Angliss
                                                   60 percent of all marine mammal
                                                                                                           2002, that stock had been reduced to                  2014). Compared to harbor porpoise,
                                                   sightings by Apache observers during
                                                                                                           about 16,000 animals, especially                      Dall’s porpoise prefer the deep offshore
                                                   2012 to 2014 survey and monitoring
                                                                                                           following unusually high mortality                    and shelf slope waters. The Alaskan
                                                   efforts (L. Parker, Apache, pers. comm.).
                                                                                                           events in 1999 and 2000 (Allen and                    population has been estimated at 83,400
                                                   Montgomery et al. (2007) also found
                                                                                                           Angliss 2014). The stock has continued                animals (Allen and Angliss 2014),
                                                   that seals elsewhere in Cook Inlet move
                                                                                                           to grow since then and is currently                   making it one of the more common
                                                   in response to local steelhead
                                                                                                           estimated at 19,126 animals with a                    cetaceans in the state. Dall’s porpoise
                                                   (Onchorhynchus mykiss) and salmon
                                                   runs. Harbor seals may be encountered                   minimum estimate of 18,017 (Carretta et               have been observed in lower Cook Inlet,
                                                   during G&G surveys in Cook Inlet.                       al. 2013).                                            including Kachemak Bay and near
                                                                                                             Most gray whales migrate past the                   Anchor Point (Owl Ridge 2014), but
                                                   Humpback Whale (Megaptera                               mouth of Cook Inlet to and from                       sightings there are rare. The
                                                   novaeangliae)                                           northern feeding grounds. However,                    concentration of sightings of Dall’s
                                                      Although there is considerable                       small numbers of summering gray                       porpoise in a southerly part of the Inlet
                                                   distributional overlap in the humpback                  whales have been noted by fisherman                   suggest it is unlikely they will be
                                                   whale stocks that use Alaska, the whales                near Kachemak Bay and north of                        encountered during EMALL’s activities.
                                                   seasonally found in lower Cook Inlet are                Anchor Point. Further, summering gray                 Therefore, no take of Dall’s porpoise is
                                                   probably of the Central North Pacific                   whales were seen offshore of Cape                     authorized.
                                                   stock. Listed as endangered under the                   Starichkof by marine mammal observers                 Steller Sea Lion (Eumetopias jubatus)
                                                   ESA, this stock has recently been                       monitoring Buccaneer’s Cosmopolitan
                                                   estimated at 7,469, with the portion of                 drilling program in 2013 (Owl Ridge                      The Western Stock of the Steller sea
                                                   the stock that feeds in the Gulf of Alaska              2014). Regardless, gray whales are not                lion is defined as all populations west
                                                   estimated at 2,845 animals (Allen and                   expected to be encountered in upper                   of longitude 144°W to the western end
                                                   Angliss 2014). The Central North Pacific                Cook Inlet, where the activity is                     of the Aleutian Islands. The most recent
                                                   stock winters in Hawaii and summers                     concentrated, north of Kachemak Bay.                  estimate for this stock is 45,649 animals
                                                   from British Columbia to the Aleutian                   Therefore, it is unlikely that they will be           (Allen and Angliss 2014), considerably
                                                   Islands (Calambokidis et al. 1997),                     encountered during this activity in close             less than that estimated 140,000 animals
                                                   including Cook Inlet.                                   enough proximity to cause Level B                     in the 1950s (Merrick et al. 1987).
                                                      Humpback use of Cook Inlet is largely                harassment and are not considered                     Because of this dramatic decline, the
                                                   confined to lower Cook Inlet. They have                 further in this final Authorization                   stock was listed under the ESA as a
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   been regularly seen near Kachemak Bay                   notice.                                               threatened DPS in 1990, and relisted as
                                                   during the summer months (Rugh et al.                                                                         endangered in 1997. Critical habitat was
                                                   2005a), and there is a whale-watching                   Minke Whale (Balaenoptera                             designated in 1993, and is defined as a
                                                   venture in Homer capitalizing on this                   acutorostrata)                                        20-nautical-mile radius around all major
                                                   seasonal event. There are anecdotal                       Minke whales are the smallest of the                rookeries and haulout sites. The 20-
                                                   observations of humpback whales as far                  rorqual group of baleen whales reaching               nautical-mile buffer was established
                                                   north as Anchor Point, with recent                      lengths of up to 35 feet. They are also               based on telemetry data that indicated
                                                   summer observations extending to Cape                   the most common of the baleen whales,                 these sea lions concentrated their


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                                6381

                                                   summer foraging effort within this                      marine mammals. The majority of                       of these species into their respective
                                                   distance of rookeries and haul outs.                    anticipated impacts would be from the                 functional hearing group. NMFS
                                                      Steller sea lions inhabit lower Cook                 use of active acoustic sources.                       consider a species’ functional hearing
                                                   Inlet, especially in the vicinity of Shaw                                                                     group when analyzing the effects of
                                                   Island and Elizabeth Island (Nagahut                    Acoustic Impacts
                                                                                                                                                                 exposure to sound on marine mammals.
                                                   Rocks) haulout sites (Rugh et al. 2005a),                  When considering the influence of
                                                   but are rarely seen in upper Cook Inlet                 various kinds of sound on the marine                    TABLE 2—CLASSIFICATION OF MARINE
                                                   (Nemeth et al. 2007). Of the 42 Steller                 environment, it is necessary to                          MAMMALS THAT COULD POTEN-
                                                   sea lion groups recorded during Cook                    understand that different kinds of                       TIALLY OCCUR IN THE PROPOSED
                                                   Inlet aerial surveys between 1993 and                   marine life are sensitive to different
                                                                                                           frequencies of sound. Current data
                                                                                                                                                                    ACTIVITY AREA IN COOK INLET,
                                                   2004, none were recorded north of
                                                   Anchor Point and only one in the                        indicate that not all marine mammal                      2015 BY FUNCTIONAL HEARING
                                                   vicinity of Kachemak Bay (Rugh et al.                   species have equal hearing capabilities                  GROUP
                                                   2005a). Marine mammal observers                         (Richardson et al., 1995; Southall et al.,                         [Southall et al., 2007]
                                                   associated with Buccaneer’s drilling                    1997; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and
                                                   project off Cape Starichkof did observe                 Hastings, 2008).                                      Mid-Frequency Hear-      Beluga whale, killer
                                                   seven Steller sea lions during the                         Southall et al. (2007) designated                    ing Range.               whale.
                                                   summer of 2013 (Owl Ridge 2014).                        ‘‘Functional hearing groups’’ for marine              High Frequency Hear-     Harbor porpoise.
                                                      The upper reaches of Cook Inlet may                  mammals based on available behavioral                   ing Range.
                                                                                                                                                                 Pinnipeds in Water       Harbor seal.
                                                   not provide adequate foraging                           data; audiograms derived from auditory                  Hearing Range.
                                                   conditions for sea lions for establishing               evoked potentials; anatomical modeling;
                                                   a major haul out presence. Steller sea                  and other data. Southall et al. (2007)                1. Potential Effects of Airgun Sounds on
                                                   lions feed largely on walleye pollock,                  also estimated the lower and upper                    Marine Mammals
                                                   salmon and arrowtooth flounder during                   frequencies of functional hearing for
                                                   the summer, and walleye pollock and                     each group. However, animals are less                    The effects of sounds from airgun
                                                   Pacific cod during the winter (Sinclair                 sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of             operations might include one or more of
                                                   and Zeppelin 2002), none of which,                      their functional hearing range and are                the following: Tolerance, masking of
                                                   except for salmon, are found in                         more sensitive to a range of frequencies              natural sounds, behavioral disturbance,
                                                   abundance in upper Cook Inlet (Nemeth                   within the middle of their functional                 temporary or permanent impairment, or
                                                   et al. 2007). Steller sea lions are unlikely            hearing range.                                        non-auditory physical or physiological
                                                   to be encountered during operations in                     The functional groups and the                      effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon
                                                   upper Cook Inlet, as they are primarily                 associated frequencies are:                           et al., 2003; Nowacek et al., 2007;
                                                   encountered along the Kenai Peninsula,                     • Low frequency cetaceans (13                      Southall et al., 2007). The effects of
                                                   especially closer to Anchor Point.                      species of mysticetes): Functional                    noise on marine mammals are highly
                                                   Therefore, no take of Steller sea lion is               hearing estimates occur between                       variable, often depending on species
                                                   authorized.                                             approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 25 kHz                 and contextual factors (based on
                                                                                                           (extended from 22 kHz based on data                   Richardson et al., 1995).
                                                   Potential Effects of the Specified
                                                                                                           indicating that some mysticetes can hear              Tolerance
                                                   Activity on Marine Mammals
                                                                                                           above 22 kHz; Au et al., 2006; Lucifredi
                                                      This section includes a summary and                  and Stein, 2007; Ketten and Mountain,                   Studies on marine mammals’
                                                   discussion of the ways that components                  2009; Tubelli et al., 2012);                          tolerance to sound in the natural
                                                   (seismic airgun operations, sub-bottom                     • Mid-frequency cetaceans (32                      environment are relatively rare.
                                                   profiler chirper and boomer, vibracore)                 species of dolphins, six species of larger            Richardson et al. (1995) defined
                                                   of the specified activity may impact                    toothed whales, and 19 species of                     tolerance as the occurrence of marine
                                                   marine mammals. The ‘‘Estimated Take                    beaked and bottlenose whales):                        mammals in areas where they are
                                                   by Incidental Harassment’’ section later                Functional hearing estimates occur                    exposed to human activities or
                                                   in this document will include a                         between approximately 150 Hz and 160                  manmade noise. In many cases,
                                                   quantitative analysis of the number of                  kHz;                                                  tolerance develops by the animal
                                                   individuals that NMFS expects to be                        • High-frequency cetaceans (eight                  habituating to the stimulus (i.e., the
                                                   taken by this activity. The ‘‘Negligible                species of true porpoises, six species of             gradual waning of responses to a
                                                   Impact Analysis’’ section will include                  river dolphins, Kogia, the franciscana,               repeated or ongoing stimulus)
                                                   the analysis of how this specific                       and four species of cephalorhynchids):                (Richardson, et al., 1995), but because of
                                                   proposed activity would impact marine                   Functional hearing estimates occur                    ecological or physiological
                                                   mammals and will consider the content                   between approximately 200 Hz and 180                  requirements, many marine animals
                                                   of this section, the ‘‘Estimated Take by                kHz; and                                              may need to remain in areas where they
                                                   Incidental Harassment’’ section, the                       • Pinnipeds in Water: Phocid (true                 are exposed to chronic stimuli
                                                   ‘‘Mitigation’’ section, and the                         seals) functional hearing estimates occur             (Richardson, et al., 1995).
                                                   ‘‘Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal                  between approximately 75 Hz and 100                     Numerous studies have shown that
                                                   Habitat’’ section to draw conclusions                   kHz (Hemila et al., 2006; Mulsow et al.,              pulsed sounds from airguns are often
                                                   regarding the likely impacts of this                    2011; Reichmuth et al., 2013) and                     readily detectable in the water at
                                                   activity on the reproductive success or                 otariid (seals and sea lions) functional              distances of many kilometers. Several
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   survivorship of individuals and from                    hearing estimates occur between                       studies have also shown that marine
                                                   that on the affected marine mammal                      approximately 100 Hz to 40 kHz.                       mammals at distances of more than a
                                                   populations or stocks.                                     As mentioned previously in this                    few kilometers from operating seismic
                                                      NMFS intends to provide a                            document, Cook Inlet beluga whales,                   vessels often show no apparent
                                                   background of potential effects of                      harbor porpoise, killer whales, and                   response. That is often true even in
                                                   EMALL’s activities in this section.                     harbor seals (3 odontocetes and 1                     cases when the pulsed sounds must be
                                                   Operating active acoustic sources have                  phocid) would likely occur in the action              readily audible to the animals based on
                                                   the potential for adverse effects on                    area. Table 2 presents the classification             measured received levels and the


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6382                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   hearing sensitivity of the marine                          Pirotta et al. (2014) observed short-              (Miller et al., 2000). Additionally,
                                                   mammal group. Although various                          term responses of harbor porpoises to a               beluga whales change their
                                                   baleen whales and toothed whales, and                   two-dimensional (2–D) seismic survey                  vocalizations in the presence of high
                                                   (less frequently) pinnipeds have been                   in an enclosed bay in northeast Scotland              background noise possibly to avoid
                                                   shown to react behaviorally to airgun                   which did not result in broad-scale                   masking calls (Au et al., 1985; Lesage et
                                                   pulses under some conditions, at other                  displacement. The harbor porpoises that               al., 1999; Scheifele et al., 2005).
                                                   times marine mammals of all three types                 remained in the enclosed bay area                        Studies have shown that some baleen
                                                   have shown no overt reactions (Stone,                   reduced their buzzing activity by 15                  and toothed whales continue calling in
                                                   2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006; Moulton                   percent during the seismic survey                     the presence of seismic pulses, and
                                                   et al. 2005, 2006) and (MacLean and                     (Pirotta, et al., 2014). Thus, the authors            some researchers have heard these calls
                                                   Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006).                  suggest that animals exposed to                       between the seismic pulses (e.g.,
                                                      Weir (2008) observed marine mammal                   anthropogenic disturbance may make                    McDonald et al., 1995; Greene et al.,
                                                   responses to seismic pulses from a 24                   trade-offs between perceived risks and                1999; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Smultea et
                                                   airgun array firing a total volume of                   the cost of leaving disturbed areas                   al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005a, 2005b,
                                                   either 5,085 in3 or 3,147 in3 in Angolan                (Pirotta, et al., 2014).                              2006; and Dunn and Hernandez, 2009).
                                                   waters between August 2004 and May                                                                               In contrast, Clark and Gagnon (2006)
                                                                                                           Masking                                               reported that fin whales in the northeast
                                                   2005. Weir (2008) recorded a total of
                                                   207 sightings of humpback whales (n =                      Marine mammals use acoustic signals                Pacific Ocean went silent for an
                                                                                                           for a variety of purposes, which differ               extended period starting soon after the
                                                   66), sperm whales (n = 124), and
                                                                                                           among species, but include                            onset of a seismic survey in the area.
                                                   Atlantic spotted dolphins (n = 17) and
                                                                                                           communication between individuals,                    Similarly, NMFS is aware of one report
                                                   reported that there were no significant
                                                                                                           navigation, foraging, reproduction,                   that observed sperm whales ceased calls
                                                   differences in encounter rates (sightings
                                                                                                           avoiding predators, and learning about                when exposed to pulses from a very
                                                   per hour) for humpback and sperm
                                                                                                           their environment (Erbe and Farmer,                   distant seismic ship (Bowles et al.,
                                                   whales according to the airgun array’s
                                                                                                           2000; Tyack, 2000).                                   1994). However, more recent studies
                                                   operational status (i.e., active versus                    The term masking refers to the                     have found that sperm whales
                                                   silent).                                                inability of an animal to recognize the               continued calling in the presence of
                                                      Bain and Williams (2006) examined                    occurrence of an acoustic stimulus                    seismic pulses (Madsen et al., 2002;
                                                   the effects of a large airgun array                     because of interference of another                    Tyack et al., 2003; Smultea et al., 2004;
                                                   (maximum total discharge volume of                      acoustic stimulus (Clark et al., 2009).               Holst et al., 2006; and Jochens et al.,
                                                   1,100 in3) on six species in shallow                    Thus, masking is the obscuring of                     2008).
                                                   waters off British Columbia and                         sounds of interest by other sounds, often                Risch et al. (2012) documented
                                                   Washington: harbor seal, California sea                 at similar frequencies. It is a                       reductions in humpback whale
                                                   lion, Steller sea lion, gray whale, Dall’s              phenomenon that affects animals that                  vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank
                                                   porpoise, and harbor porpoise. Harbor                   are trying to receive acoustic                        National Marine Sanctuary concurrent
                                                   porpoises showed reactions at received                  information about their environment,                  with transmissions of the Ocean
                                                   levels less than 155 dB re: 1 mPa at a                  including sounds from other members                   Acoustic Waveguide Remote Sensing
                                                   distance of greater than 70 km (43 mi)                  of their species, predators, prey, and                (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor
                                                   from the seismic source (Bain and                       sounds that allow them to orient in their             system at distances of 200 km (124 mi)
                                                   Williams, 2006). However, the tendency                  environment. Masking these acoustic                   from the source. The recorded OAWRS
                                                   for greater responsiveness by harbor                    signals can disturb the behavior of                   produced series of frequency modulated
                                                   porpoise is consistent with their relative              individual animals, groups of animals,                pulses and the signal received levels
                                                   responsiveness to boat traffic and some                 or entire populations in certain                      ranged from 88 to 110 dB re: 1 mPa
                                                   other acoustic sources (Richardson, et                  circumstances.                                        (Risch, et al., 2012). The authors
                                                   al., 1995; Southall, et al., 2007). In                     Introduced underwater sound may,                   hypothesized that individuals did not
                                                   contrast, the authors reported that gray                through masking, reduce the effective                 leave the area but instead ceased singing
                                                   whales seemed to tolerate exposures to                  communication distance of a marine                    and noted that the duration and
                                                   sound up to approximately 170 dB re:                    mammal species if the frequency of the                frequency range of the OAWRS signals
                                                   1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006) and                     source is close to that used as a signal              (a novel sound to the whales) were
                                                   Dall’s porpoises occupied and tolerated                 by the marine mammal, and if the                      similar to those of natural humpback
                                                   areas receiving exposures of 170–180 dB                 anthropogenic sound is present for a                  whale song components used during
                                                   re: 1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006;                     significant fraction of the time                      mating (Risch et al., 2012). Thus, the
                                                   Parsons, et al., 2009). The authors                     (Richardson et al., 1995).                            novelty of the sound to humpback
                                                   observed several gray whales that                          Marine mammals are thought to be                   whales in the study area provided a
                                                   moved away from the airguns toward                      able to compensate for masking by                     compelling contextual probability for
                                                   deeper water where sound levels were                    adjusting their acoustic behavior                     the observed effects (Risch et al., 2012).
                                                   higher due to propagation effects                       through shifting call frequencies,                    However, the authors did not state or
                                                   resulting in higher noise exposures                     increasing call volume, and increasing                imply that these changes had long-term
                                                   (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, it                  vocalization rates. For example in one                effects on individual animals or
                                                   is unclear whether their movements                      study, blue whales increased call rates               populations (Risch et al., 2012).
                                                   reflected a response to the sounds (Bain                when exposed to noise from seismic                       Several studies have also reported
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   and Williams, 2006). Thus, the authors                  surveys in the St. Lawrence Estuary (Di               hearing dolphins and porpoises calling
                                                   surmised that the lack of gray whale                    Iorio and Clark, 2010). Other studies                 while airguns were operating (e.g.,
                                                   responses to higher received sound                      reported that some North Atlantic right               Gordon et al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004;
                                                   levels were ambiguous at best because                   whales exposed to high shipping noise                 Holst et al., 2005a, b; and Potter et al.,
                                                   one expects the species to be the most                  increased call frequency (Parks et al.,               2007). The sounds important to small
                                                   sensitive to the low-frequency sound                    2007) and some humpback whales                        odontocetes are predominantly at much
                                                   emanating from the airguns (Bain and                    responded to low-frequency active sonar               higher frequencies than the dominant
                                                   Williams, 2006).                                        playbacks by increasing song length                   components of airgun sounds, thus


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                           6383

                                                   limiting the potential for masking in                   Lesage et al., 1993, 1999; Terhune, 1999;             biologically significant if the change
                                                   those species.                                          Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007,               affects growth, survival, and/or
                                                      Although some degree of masking is                   2009; Di Iorio and Clark, 2010; Holt et               reproduction (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder,
                                                   inevitable when high levels of manmade                  al., 2009).                                           2007; Weilgart, 2007). Examples of
                                                   broadband sounds are present in the                        These data demonstrating adaptations               behavioral modifications that could
                                                   sea, marine mammals have evolved                        for reduced masking pertain mainly to                 impact growth, survival, or
                                                   systems and behavior that function to                   the very high frequency echolocation                  reproduction include:
                                                   reduce the impacts of masking.                          signals of toothed whales. There is less                 • Drastic changes in diving/surfacing
                                                   Odontocete conspecifics may readily                     information about the existence of                    patterns (such as those associated with
                                                   detect structured signals, such as the                  corresponding mechanisms at moderate                  beaked whale stranding related to
                                                   echolocation click sequences of small                   or low frequencies or in other types of               exposure to military mid-frequency
                                                   toothed whales even in the presence of                  marine mammals. For example, Zaitseva                 tactical sonar);
                                                   strong background noise because their                   et al. (1980) found that, for the                        • Permanent habitat abandonment
                                                   frequency content and temporal features                 bottlenose dolphin, the angular                       due to loss of desirable acoustic
                                                   usually differ strongly from those of the               separation between a sound source and                 environment; and
                                                   background noise (Au and Moore, 1988,                   a masking noise source had little effect                 • Disruption of feeding or social
                                                   1990). The components of background                     on the degree of masking when the                     interaction resulting in significant
                                                   noise that are similar in frequency to the              sound frequency was 18 kHz, in contrast               energetic costs, inhibited breeding, or
                                                   sound signal in question primarily                      to the pronounced effect at higher                    cow-calf separation.
                                                   determine the degree of masking of that                 frequencies. Studies have noted                          The onset of behavioral disturbance
                                                   signal.                                                 directional hearing at frequencies as low             from anthropogenic noise depends on
                                                      Redundancy and context can also                      as 0.5–2 kHz in several marine                        both external factors (characteristics of
                                                   facilitate detection of weak signals.                   mammals, including killer whales                      noise sources and their paths) and the
                                                   These phenomena may help marine                         (Richardson et al., 1995a). This ability              receiving animals (hearing, motivation,
                                                   mammals detect weak sounds in the                       may be useful in reducing masking at                  experience, demography) and is also
                                                   presence of natural or manmade noise.                   these frequencies. In summary, high                   difficult to predict (Richardson et al.,
                                                   Most masking studies in marine                          levels of sound generated by                          1995; Southall et al., 2007). Many
                                                   mammals present the test signal and the                 anthropogenic activities may act to                   studies have also shown that marine
                                                   masking noise from the same direction.                  mask the detection of weaker                          mammals at distances more than a few
                                                   The sound localization abilities of                     biologically important sounds by some                 kilometers away often show no apparent
                                                   marine mammals suggest that, if signal                  marine mammals. This masking may be                   response when exposed to seismic
                                                   and noise come from different                           more prominent for lower frequencies.                 activities (e.g., Madsen & Mohl, 2000 for
                                                   directions, masking would not be as                     For higher frequencies, such as that                  sperm whales; Malme et al., 1983, 1984
                                                   severe as the usual types of masking                    used in echolocation by toothed whales,               for gray whales; and Richardson et al.,
                                                   studies might suggest (Richardson et al.,               several mechanisms are available that                 1986 for bowhead whales). Other
                                                   1995). The dominant background noise                    may allow them to reduce the effects of               studies have shown that marine
                                                   may be highly directional if it comes                   such masking.                                         mammals continue important behaviors
                                                   from a particular anthropogenic source                                                                        in the presence of seismic pulses (e.g.,
                                                   such as a ship or industrial site.                      Behavioral Disturbance                                Dunn & Hernandez, 2009 for blue
                                                   Directional hearing may significantly                      Marine mammals may behaviorally                    whales; Greene Jr. et al., 1999 for
                                                   reduce the masking effects of these                     react to sound when exposed to                        bowhead whales; Holst and Beland,
                                                   sounds by improving the effective                       anthropogenic noise. Reactions to                     2010; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Holst et
                                                   signal-to-noise ratio. In the cases of                  sound, if any, depend on species, state               al., 2005; Nieukirk et al., 2004;
                                                   higher frequency hearing by the                         of maturity, experience, current activity,            Richardson, et al., 1986; Smultea et al.,
                                                   bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, and                   reproductive state, time of day, and                  2004).
                                                   killer whale, empirical evidence                        many other factors (Richardson et al.,                   Baleen Whales: Studies have shown
                                                   confirms that masking depends strongly                  1995; D’Spain & Wartzok, 2004;                        that underwater sounds from seismic
                                                   on the relative directions of arrival of                Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007).               activities are often readily detectable by
                                                   sound signals and the masking noise                        Types of behavioral reactions can                  baleen whales in the water at distances
                                                   (Penner et al., 1986; Dubrovskiy, 1990;                 include the following: Changing                       of many kilometers (Castellote et al.,
                                                   Bain et al., 1993; Bain and Dahlheim,                   durations of surfacing and dives,                     2012 for fin whales).
                                                   1994). Toothed whales and probably                      number of blows per surfacing, or                        Observers have seen various species
                                                   other marine mammals as well, have                      moving direction and/or speed;                        of Balaenoptera (blue, sei, fin, and
                                                   additional capabilities besides                         reduced/increased vocal activities;                   minke whales) in areas ensonified by
                                                   directional hearing that can facilitate                 changing/cessation of certain behavioral              airgun pulses (Stone, 2003; MacLean
                                                   detection of sounds in the presence of                  activities (such as socializing or                    and Haley, 2004; Stone and Tasker,
                                                   background noise. There is evidence                     feeding); visible startle response or                 2006), and have localized calls from
                                                   that some toothed whales can shift the                  aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke               blue and fin whales in areas with airgun
                                                   dominant frequencies of their                           slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of               operations (e.g., McDonald et al., 1995;
                                                   echolocation signals from a frequency                   areas where noise sources are located;                Dunn and Hernandez, 2009; Castellote
                                                   range with a lot of ambient noise toward                and/or flight responses (e.g., pinnipeds              et al., 2010). Sightings by observers on
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   frequencies with less noise (Au et al.,                 flushing into water from haulouts or                  seismic vessels off the United Kingdom
                                                   1974, 1985; Moore and Pawloski, 1990;                   rookeries).                                           from 1997 to 2000 suggest that, during
                                                   Thomas and Turl, 1990; Romanenko                           The biological significance of many of             times of good visibility, sighting rates
                                                   and Kitain, 1992; Lesage et al., 1999). A               these behavioral disturbances is difficult            for mysticetes (mainly fin and sei
                                                   few marine mammal species increase                      to predict, especially if the detected                whales) were similar when large arrays
                                                   the source levels or alter the frequency                disturbances appear minor. However,                   of airguns were shooting versus silent
                                                   of their calls in the presence of elevated              one could expect the consequences of                  (Stone, 2003; Stone and Tasker, 2006).
                                                   sound levels (Dahlheim, 1987; Au, 1993;                 behavioral modification to be                         However, these whales tended to exhibit


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6384                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   localized avoidance, remaining                          shooting in deeper water (Stone, 2003;                tolerant of airgun operations (MacLean
                                                   significantly further (on average) from                 Gordon et al., 2004).                                 and Koski, 2005; Bain and Williams,
                                                   the airgun array during seismic                           The beluga may be a species that (at                2006), although they too have been
                                                   operations compared with non-seismic                    least in certain geographic areas) shows              observed to avoid large arrays of
                                                   periods (Stone and Tasker, 2006).                       long-distance avoidance of seismic                    operating airguns (Calambokidis and
                                                      Ship-based monitoring studies of                     vessels. Aerial surveys during seismic                Osmek, 1998; Bain and Williams, 2006).
                                                   baleen whales (including blue, fin, sei,                operations in the southeastern Beaufort               This apparent difference in
                                                   minke, and humpback whales) in the                      Sea recorded much lower sighting rates                responsiveness of these two porpoise
                                                   northwest Atlantic found that overall,                  of beluga whales within 10–20 km (6.2–                species is consistent with their relative
                                                   this group had lower sighting rates                     12.4 mi) of an active seismic vessel.                 responsiveness to boat traffic and some
                                                   during seismic versus non-seismic                       These results were consistent with the                other acoustic sources (Richardson et
                                                   periods (Moulton and Holst, 2010). The                  low number of beluga sightings reported               al., 1995; Southall et al., 2007).
                                                   authors observed that baleen whales as                  by observers aboard the seismic vessel,
                                                   a group were significantly farther from                 suggesting that some belugas might have               Pinnipeds
                                                   the vessel during seismic compared                      been avoiding the seismic operations at                  Pinnipeds are not likely to show a
                                                   with non-seismic periods. Moreover, the                 distances of 10–20 km (6.2–12.4 mi)                   strong avoidance reaction to the airgun
                                                   authors observed that the whales swam                   (Miller et al., 2005).                                sources proposed for use. Visual
                                                   away more often from the operating                                                                            monitoring from seismic vessels has
                                                                                                           Delphinids                                            shown only slight (if any) avoidance of
                                                   seismic vessel (Moulton and Holst,
                                                   2010). Initial sightings of blue and                       Seismic operators and protected                    airguns by pinnipeds and only slight (if
                                                   minke whales were significantly farther                 species observers (observers) on seismic              any) changes in behavior. Monitoring
                                                   from the vessel during seismic                          vessels regularly see dolphins and other              work in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea during
                                                   operations compared to non-seismic                      small toothed whales near operating                   1996–2001 provided considerable
                                                   periods and the authors observed the                    airgun arrays, but in general there is a              information regarding the behavior of
                                                   same trend for fin whales (Moulton and                  tendency for most delphinids to show                  Arctic ice seals exposed to seismic
                                                   Holst, 2010). Also, the authors observed                some avoidance of operating seismic                   pulses (Harris et al., 2001; Moulton and
                                                   that minke whales most often swam                       vessels (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c;                      Lawson, 2002). These seismic projects
                                                   away from the vessel when seismic                       Calambokidis and Osmek, 1998; Stone,                  usually involved arrays of 6 to 16
                                                   operations were underway (Moulton                       2003; Moulton and Miller, 2005; Holst                 airguns with total volumes of 560 to
                                                   and Holst, 2010).                                       et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker, 2006;                 1,500 in3. The combined results suggest
                                                      Toothed Whales: Few systematic data                  Weir, 2008; Richardson et al., 2009;                  that some seals avoid the immediate
                                                   are available describing reactions of                   Barkaszi et al., 2009; Moulton and                    area around seismic vessels. In most
                                                   toothed whales to noise pulses.                         Holst, 2010). Some dolphins seem to be                survey years, ringed seal (Phoca
                                                   However, systematic work on sperm                       attracted to the seismic vessel and                   hispida) sightings tended to be farther
                                                   whales is underway (e.g., Gordon et al.,                floats, and some ride the bow wave of                 away from the seismic vessel when the
                                                   2006; Madsen et al., 2006; Winsor and                   the seismic vessel even when large                    airguns were operating than when they
                                                   Mate, 2006; Jochens et al., 2008; Miller                arrays of airguns are firing (e.g.,                   were not (Moulton and Lawson, 2002).
                                                   et al., 2009) and there is an increasing                Moulton and Miller, 2005). Nonetheless,               However, these avoidance movements
                                                   amount of information about responses                   there have been indications that small                were relatively small, on the order of
                                                   of various odontocetes, including killer                toothed whales sometimes move away                    100 m (328 ft) to a few hundreds of
                                                   whales and belugas, to seismic surveys                  or maintain a somewhat greater distance               meters, and many seals remained within
                                                   based on monitoring studies (e.g., Stone,               from the vessel when a large array of                 100–200 m (328–656 ft) of the trackline
                                                   2003; Smultea et al., 2004; Moulton and                 airguns is operating than when it is                  as the operating airgun array passed by
                                                   Miller, 2005; Bain and Williams, 2006;                  silent (e.g., Goold, 1996a,b,c; Stone and             the animals. Seal sighting rates at the
                                                   Holst et al., 2006; Stone and Tasker,                   Tasker, 2006; Weir, 2008; Moulton and                 water surface were lower during airgun
                                                   2006; Potter et al., 2007; Hauser et al.,               Holst, 2010). In most cases, the                      array operations than during no-airgun
                                                   2008; Holst and Smultea, 2008; Weir,                    avoidance radii for delphinids appear to              periods in each survey year except 1997.
                                                   2008; Barkaszi et al., 2009; Richardson                 be small, on the order of one km or less,             Similarly, seals are often very tolerant of
                                                   et al., 2009; Moulton and Holst, 2010).                 and some individuals show no apparent                 pulsed sounds from seal-scaring devices
                                                   Reactions of toothed whales to large                    avoidance.                                            (Mate and Harvey, 1987; Jefferson and
                                                   arrays of airguns are variable and, at                     Captive bottlenose dolphins exhibited              Curry, 1994; Richardson et al., 1995).
                                                   least for delphinids, seem to be confined               changes in behavior when exposed to                   However, initial telemetry work
                                                   to a smaller radius than has been                       strong pulsed sounds similar in                       suggests that avoidance and other
                                                   observed for mysticetes.                                duration to those typically used in                   behavioral reactions by two other
                                                      Observers stationed on seismic                       seismic surveys (Finneran et al., 2000,               species of seals to small airgun sources
                                                   vessels operating off the United                        2002, 2005). However, the animals                     may at times be stronger than evident to
                                                   Kingdom from 1997–2000 have                             tolerated high received levels of sound               date from visual studies of pinniped
                                                   provided data on the occurrence and                     (pk–pk level >200 dB re 1 mPa) before                 reactions to airguns (Thompson et al.,
                                                   behavior of various toothed whales                      exhibiting aversive behaviors.                        1998).
                                                   exposed to seismic pulses (Stone, 2003;
                                                   Gordon et al., 2004). The studies note                  Porpoises                                             Hearing Impairment
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   that killer whales were significantly                      Results for porpoises depend upon                     Exposure to high intensity sound for
                                                   farther from large airgun arrays during                 the species. The limited available data               a sufficient duration may result in
                                                   periods of active airgun operations                     suggest that harbor porpoises show                    auditory effects such as a noise-induced
                                                   compared with periods of silence. The                   stronger avoidance of seismic operations              threshold shift—an increase in the
                                                   displacement of the median distance                     than do Dall’s porpoises (Stone, 2003;                auditory threshold after exposure to
                                                   from the array was approximately 0.5                    MacLean and Koski, 2005; Bain and                     noise (Finneran et al., 2005). Factors
                                                   km (0.3 mi) or more. Killer whales also                 Williams, 2006; Stone and Tasker,                     that influence the amount of threshold
                                                   appear to be more tolerant of seismic                   2006). Dall’s porpoises seem relatively               shift include the amplitude, duration,


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                           6385

                                                   frequency content, temporal pattern,                    sounds with the same total energy                     (Kastak et al., 1999, 2005; Kastelein et
                                                   and energy distribution of noise                        (Ward, 1997). Additionally, though TTS                al., 2012b).
                                                   exposure. The magnitude of hearing                      is temporary, prolonged exposure to                      Lucke et al. (2009) found a threshold
                                                   threshold shift normally decreases over                 sounds strong enough to elicit TTS, or                shift (TS) of a harbor porpoise after
                                                   time following cessation of the noise                   shorter-term exposure to sound levels                 exposing it to airgun noise with a
                                                   exposure. The amount of threshold shift                 well above the TTS threshold, can cause               received sound pressure level (SPL) at
                                                   just after exposure is the initial                      PTS, at least in terrestrial mammals                  200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re: 1 mPa, which
                                                   threshold shift. If the threshold shift                 (Kryter, 1985). Although in the case of               corresponds to a sound exposure level
                                                   eventually returns to zero (i.e., the                   EMALL’s survey, NMFS does not expect                  of 164.5 dB re: 1 mPa2 s after integrating
                                                   threshold returns to the pre-exposure                   that animals would experience levels                  exposure. NMFS currently uses the root-
                                                   value), it is a temporary threshold shift               high enough or durations long enough                  mean-square (rms) of received SPL at
                                                   (Southall et al., 2007).                                to result in PTS given that the airgun is             180 dB and 190 dB re: 1 mPa as the
                                                      Threshold Shift (noise-induced loss of               a very low volume airgun, and the use                 threshold above which permanent
                                                   hearing)—When animals exhibit                           of the airgun will be restricted to seven             threshold shift (PTS) could occur for
                                                   reduced hearing sensitivity (i.e., sounds               days in a small geographic area.                      cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively.
                                                   must be louder for an animal to detect                     PTS is considered auditory injury                  Because the airgun noise is a broadband
                                                   them) following exposure to an intense                  (Southall et al., 2007). Irreparable                  impulse, one cannot directly determine
                                                   sound or sound for long duration, it is                 damage to the inner or outer cochlear                 the equivalent of rms SPL from the
                                                   referred to as a noise-induced threshold                hair cells may cause PTS; however,                    reported peak-to-peak SPLs. However,
                                                   shift (TS). An animal can experience                    other mechanisms are also involved,                   applying a conservative conversion
                                                   temporary threshold shift (TTS) or                      such as exceeding the elastic limits of               factor of 16 dB for broadband signals
                                                   permanent threshold shift (PTS). TTS                    certain tissues and membranes in the                  from seismic surveys (McCauley, et al.,
                                                   can last from minutes or hours to days                  middle and inner ears and resultant                   2000) to correct for the difference
                                                   (i.e., there is complete recovery), can                 changes in the chemical composition of                between peak-to-peak levels reported in
                                                   occur in specific frequency ranges (i.e.,               the inner ear fluids (Southall et al.,                Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs, the
                                                   an animal might only have a temporary                   2007).                                                rms SPL for TTS would be
                                                   loss of hearing sensitivity between the                    Although the published body of                     approximately 184 dB re: 1 mPa, and the
                                                   frequencies of 1 and 10 kHz), and can                   scientific literature contains numerous               received levels associated with PTS
                                                   be of varying amounts (for example, an                                                                        (Level A harassment) would be higher.
                                                                                                           theoretical studies and discussion
                                                   animal’s hearing sensitivity might be                                                                         This is still above NMFS’ current 180
                                                                                                           papers on hearing impairments that can
                                                   reduced initially by only 6 dB or                                                                             dB rms re: 1 mPa threshold for injury.
                                                                                                           occur with exposure to a loud sound,
                                                   reduced by 30 dB). PTS is permanent,                                                                          However, NMFS recognizes that TTS of
                                                                                                           only a few studies provide empirical
                                                   but some recovery is possible. PTS can                                                                        harbor porpoises is lower than other
                                                                                                           information on the levels at which
                                                   also occur in a specific frequency range                                                                      cetacean species empirically tested
                                                                                                           noise-induced loss in hearing sensitivity
                                                   and amount as mentioned above for                                                                             (Finneran & Schlundt, 2010; Finneran et
                                                                                                           occurs in non-human animals.
                                                   TTS.                                                                                                          al., 2002; Kastelein and Jennings, 2012).
                                                      The following physiological                             Recent studies by Kujawa and                          A recent study on bottlenose dolphins
                                                   mechanisms are thought to play a role                   Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011)                 (Schlundt, et al., 2013) measured
                                                   in inducing auditory TS: Effects to                     found that despite completely reversible              hearing thresholds at multiple
                                                   sensory hair cells in the inner ear that                threshold shifts that leave cochlear                  frequencies to determine the amount of
                                                   reduce their sensitivity, modification of               sensory cells intact, large threshold                 TTS induced before and after exposure
                                                   the chemical environment within the                     shifts could cause synaptic level                     to a sequence of impulses produced by
                                                   sensory cells, residual muscular activity               changes and delayed cochlear nerve                    a seismic air gun. The air gun volume
                                                   in the middle ear, displacement of                      degeneration in mice and guinea pigs,                 and operating pressure varied from 40–
                                                   certain inner ear membranes, increased                  respectively. NMFS notes that the high                150 in3 and 1000–2000 psi, respectively.
                                                   blood flow, and post-stimulatory                        level of TTS that led to the synaptic                 After three years and 180 sessions, the
                                                   reduction in both efferent and sensory                  changes shown in these studies is in the              authors observed no significant TTS at
                                                   neural output (Southall et al., 2007).                  range of the high degree of TTS that                  any test frequency, for any combinations
                                                   The amplitude, duration, frequency,                     Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate              of air gun volume, pressure, or
                                                   temporal pattern, and energy                            PTS levels. It is unknown whether                     proximity to the dolphin during
                                                   distribution of sound exposure all can                  smaller levels of TTS would lead to                   behavioral tests (Schlundt, et al., 2013).
                                                   affect the amount of associated TS and                  similar changes. NMFS, however,                       Schlundt et al. (2013) suggest that the
                                                   the frequency range in which it occurs.                 acknowledges the complexity of noise                  potential for airguns to cause hearing
                                                   As amplitude and duration of sound                      exposure on the nervous system, and                   loss in dolphins is lower than
                                                   exposure increase, so, generally, does                  will re-examine this issue as more data               previously predicted, perhaps as a result
                                                   the amount of TS, along with the                        become available.                                     of the low-frequency content of air gun
                                                   recovery time. For intermittent sounds,                    For marine mammals, published data                 impulses compared to the high-
                                                   less TS could occur than compared to a                  are limited to the captive bottlenose                 frequency hearing ability of dolphins.
                                                   continuous exposure with the same                       dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and                    Marine mammal hearing plays a
                                                   energy (some recovery could occur                       Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran et                 critical role in communication with
                                                   between intermittent exposures                          al., 2000, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2010a,             conspecifics, and interpretation of
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   depending on the duty cycle between                     2010b; Finneran and Schlundt, 2010;                   environmental cues for purposes such
                                                   sounds) (Kryter et al., 1966; Ward,                     Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009a,             as predator avoidance and prey capture.
                                                   1997). For example, one short but loud                  2009b; Popov et al., 2011a, 2011b;                    Depending on the degree (elevation of
                                                   (higher SPL) sound exposure may                         Kastelein et al., 2012a; Schlundt et al.,             threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
                                                   induce the same impairment as one                       2000; Nachtigall et al., 2003, 2004). For             time), and frequency range of TTS, and
                                                   longer but softer sound, which in turn                  pinnipeds in water, data are limited to               the context in which it is experienced,
                                                   may cause more impairment than a                        measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an               TTS can have effects on marine
                                                   series of several intermittent softer                   elephant seal, and California sea lions               mammals ranging from discountable to


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6386                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   serious (similar to those discussed in                  neuroendocrine responses; or immune                   stunted growth (McEwen and Wingfield,
                                                   auditory masking, below). For example,                  responses.                                            2003). When mounting a stress response
                                                   a marine mammal may be able to readily                     In the case of many stressors, an                  diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
                                                   compensate for a brief, relatively small                animal’s first and most economical (in                reproductive success and fitness will
                                                   amount of TTS in a non-critical                         terms of biotic costs) response is                    suffer. In these cases, the animals will
                                                   frequency range that occurs during a                    behavioral avoidance of the potential                 have entered a pre-pathological or
                                                   time where ambient noise is lower and                   stressor or avoidance of continued                    pathological state called ‘‘distress’’
                                                   there are not as many competing sounds                  exposure to a stressor. An animal’s                   (sensu Seyle, 1950) or ‘‘allostatic
                                                   present. Alternatively, a larger amount                 second line of defense to stressors                   loading’’ (sensu McEwen and Wingfield,
                                                   and longer duration of TTS sustained                    involves the sympathetic part of the                  2003). This pathological state will last
                                                   during time when communication is                       autonomic nervous system and the                      until the animal replenishes its biotic
                                                   critical for successful mother/calf                     classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response,               reserves sufficient to restore normal
                                                   interactions could have more serious                    which includes the cardiovascular                     function. Note that these examples
                                                   impacts. Also, depending on the degree                  system, the gastrointestinal system, the              involved a long-term (days or weeks)
                                                   and frequency range, the effects of PTS                 exocrine glands, and the adrenal                      stress response exposure to stimuli.
                                                   on an animal could range in severity,                   medulla to produce changes in heart                      Relationships between these
                                                   although it is considered generally more                rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal            physiological mechanisms, animal
                                                   serious because it is a permanent                       activity that humans commonly                         behavior, and the costs of stress
                                                   condition. Of note, reduced hearing                     associate with stress. These responses                responses have also been documented
                                                   sensitivity as a simple function of aging               have a relatively short duration and may              fairly well through controlled
                                                   has been observed in marine mammals,                    or may not have significant long-term                 experiment; because this physiology
                                                   as well as humans and other taxa                        effects on an animal’s welfare.                       exists in every vertebrate that has been
                                                   (Southall et al., 2007), so one can infer                  An animal’s third line of defense to               studied, it is not surprising that stress
                                                   that strategies exist for coping with this              stressors involves its neuroendocrine or              responses and their costs have been
                                                   condition to some degree, though likely                 sympathetic nervous systems; the                      documented in both laboratory and free-
                                                   not without cost.                                       system that has received the most study               living animals (for examples see,
                                                                                                           has been the hypothalmus-pituitary-                   Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
                                                      Given the higher level of sound
                                                                                                           adrenal (HPA) system (also known as                   Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
                                                   necessary to cause PTS as compared
                                                                                                           the HPA axis in mammals or the                        2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
                                                   with TTS, it is considerably less likely
                                                                                                           hypothalamus-pituitary-interrenal axis                et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
                                                   that PTS would occur during the survey;
                                                                                                           in fish and some reptiles). Unlike stress             2000). Although no information has
                                                   TTS is also unlikely. Cetaceans
                                                                                                           responses associated with the                         been collected on the physiological
                                                   generally avoid the immediate area
                                                                                                           autonomic nervous system, the pituitary               responses of marine mammals to
                                                   around operating seismic vessels, as do
                                                                                                           hormones regulate virtually all                       anthropogenic sound exposure, studies
                                                   some other marine mammals. Some                         neuroendocrine functions affected by                  of other marine animals and terrestrial
                                                   pinnipeds show avoidance reactions to                   stress—including immune competence,                   animals would lead us to expect some
                                                   airguns, but their avoidance reactions                  reproduction, metabolism, and                         marine mammals to experience
                                                   are generally not as strong or consistent               behavior. Stress-induced changes in the               physiological stress responses and,
                                                   compared to cetacean reactions.                         secretion of pituitary hormones have                  perhaps, physiological responses that
                                                      Non-auditory Physical Effects: Non-                  been implicated in failed reproduction                would be classified as ‘‘distress’’ upon
                                                   auditory physical effects might occur in                (Moberg, 1987; Rivier, 1995), altered                 exposure to anthropogenic sounds.
                                                   marine mammals exposed to strong                        metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), and                   For example, Jansen (1998) reported
                                                   underwater pulsed sound. Possible                       reduced immune competence (Blecha,                    on the relationship between acoustic
                                                   types of non-auditory physiological                     2000). Increases in the circulation of                exposures and physiological responses
                                                   effects or injuries that theoretically                  glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,                       that are indicative of stress responses in
                                                   might occur in mammals close to a                       corticosterone, and aldosterone in                    humans (e.g., elevated respiration and
                                                   strong sound source include stress,                     marine mammals; see Romano et al.,                    increased heart rates). Jones (1998)
                                                   neurological effects, bubble formation,                 2004) have been equated with stress for               reported on reductions in human
                                                   and other types of organ or tissue                      many years.                                           performance when faced with acute,
                                                   damage. Some marine mammal species                         The primary distinction between                    repetitive exposures to acoustic
                                                   (i.e., beaked whales) may be especially                 stress (which is adaptive and does not                disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)
                                                   susceptible to injury and/or stranding                  normally place an animal at risk) and                 reported on the physiological stress
                                                   when exposed to strong pulsed sounds.                   distress is the biotic cost of the                    responses of osprey to low-level aircraft
                                                      Classic stress responses begin when                  response. During a stress response, an                noise while Krausman et al. (2004)
                                                   an animal’s central nervous system                      animal uses glycogen stores that the                  reported on the auditory and physiology
                                                   perceives a potential threat to its                     body quickly replenishes after                        stress responses of endangered Sonoran
                                                   homeostasis. That perception triggers                   alleviation of the stressor. In such                  pronghorn to military overflights. Smith
                                                   stress responses regardless of whether a                circumstances, the cost of the stress                 et al. (2004a, 2004b) identified noise-
                                                   stimulus actually threatens the animal;                 response would not pose a risk to the                 induced physiological transient stress
                                                   the mere perception of a threat is                      animal’s welfare. However, when an                    responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e.,
                                                   sufficient to trigger a stress response                 animal does not have sufficient energy                goldfish) that accompanied short- and
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   (Moberg, 2000; Sapolsky et al., 2005;                   reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of            long-term hearing losses. Welch and
                                                   Seyle, 1950). Once an animal’s central                  a stress response, it diverts energy                  Welch (1970) reported physiological
                                                   nervous system perceives a threat, it                   resources from other biotic functions,                and behavioral stress responses that
                                                   mounts a biological response or defense                 which impair those functions that                     accompanied damage to the inner ears
                                                   that consists of a combination of the                   experience the diversion. For example,                of fish and several mammals.
                                                   four general biological defense                         when mounting a stress response diverts                  Hearing is one of the primary senses
                                                   responses: Behavioral responses;                        energy away from growth in young                      marine mammals use to gather
                                                   autonomic nervous system responses;                     animals, those animals may experience                 information about their environment


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                           6387

                                                   and communicate with conspecifics.                      of the airgun proposed for this activity              2. Potential Effects of Other Acoustic
                                                   Although empirical information on the                   combined with the limited scope of use                Devices
                                                   relationship between sensory                            makes non-auditory physical effects
                                                                                                                                                       Sub-Bottom Profiler
                                                   impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic                      from airgun use, including stress,
                                                   masking) on marine mammals remains                      unlikely. Therefore, we do not                 EMALL would also operate a sub-
                                                   limited, we assume that reducing a                      anticipate such effects would occur         bottom profiler chirp and boomer from
                                                   marine mammal’s ability to gather                       given the brief duration of exposure        the source vessel during the proposed
                                                   information about its environment and                   during the survey.                          survey. The chirp’s sounds are very
                                                   communicate with other members of its                                                               short pulses, occurring for one ms, six
                                                   species would induce stress, based on                   Stranding and Mortality                     times per second. Most of the energy in
                                                   data that terrestrial animals exhibit                      When a living or dead marine             the sound pulses emitted by the profiler
                                                   those responses under similar                           mammal swims or floats onto shore and is at 2–6 kHz, and the beam is directed
                                                   conditions (NRC, 2003) and because                      becomes ‘‘beached’’ or incapable of         downward. The chirp has a maximum
                                                   marine mammals use hearing as their                     returning to sea, the event is a            source level of 202 dB re: 1 mPa, with
                                                   primary sensory mechanism. Therefore,                   ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin  a tilt angle of 90 degrees below
                                                   NMFS assumes that acoustic exposures                    and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and                horizontal and a beam width of 24
                                                   sufficient to trigger onset PTS or TTS                  Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The           degrees. The sub-bottom profiler boomer
                                                   would be accompanied by physiological                   legal definition for a stranding under the will shoot approximately every 3.125 m,
                                                   stress responses. More importantly,                     MMPA is that ‘‘(A) a marine mammal is with shots lasting 1.5 to 2 seconds. Most
                                                   marine mammals might experience                         dead and is (i) on a beach or shore of      of the energy in the sound pulses
                                                   stress responses at received levels lower               the United States; or (ii) in waters under emitted by the boomer is concentrated
                                                   than those necessary to trigger onset                   the jurisdiction of the United States       between 0.5 and 6 kHz, with a source
                                                   TTS. Based on empirical studies of the                  (including any navigable waters); or (B)    level of 205 dB re: 1 mPa. The tilt of the
                                                   time required to recover from stress                                                                boomer is 90 degrees below horizontal,
                                                                                                           a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on
                                                   responses (Moberg, 2000), NMFS also                                                                 but the emission is omnidirectional.
                                                                                                           a beach or shore of the United States
                                                   assumes that stress responses could                                                                 Kremser et al. (2005) noted that the
                                                                                                           and is unable to return to the water; (ii)
                                                   persist beyond the time interval                                                                    probability of a cetacean swimming
                                                                                                           on a beach or shore of the United States
                                                   required for animals to recover from                                                                through the area of exposure when a
                                                                                                           and, although able to return to the
                                                   TTS and might result in pathological                                                                bottom profiler emits a pulse is small—
                                                                                                           water, is in need of apparent medical
                                                   and pre-pathological states that would                                                              because if the animal was in the area, it
                                                                                                           attention; or (iii) in the waters under the
                                                   be as significant as behavioral responses                                                           would have to pass the transducer at
                                                                                                           jurisdiction of the United States
                                                   to TTS.                                                                                             close range in order to be subjected to
                                                                                                           (including any navigable waters), but is
                                                      Resonance effects (Gentry, 2002) and                                                             sound levels that could cause temporary
                                                                                                           unable to return to its natural habitat     threshold shift and would likely exhibit
                                                   direct noise-induced bubble formations                  under its own power or without
                                                   (Crum et al., 2005) are implausible in                                                              avoidance behavior to the area near the
                                                                                                           assistance.’’                               transducer rather than swim through at
                                                   the case of exposure to an impulsive
                                                   broadband source like an airgun array.                     Marine mammals strand for a variety      such a close range.
                                                   If seismic surveys disrupt diving                       of reasons, such as infectious agents,         Masking: Both the chirper and boomer
                                                   patterns of deep-diving species, this                   biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery           sub-bottom profilers produce impulsive
                                                   might result in bubble formation and a                  interaction, ship strike, unusual           sound exceeding 160 dB re: 1 mPa-m
                                                   form of the bends, as speculated to                     oceanographic or weather events, sound (rms). The louder boomer operates at a
                                                   occur in beaked whales exposed to                       exposure, or combinations of these          source value of 205 dB re: 1 mPa-m
                                                   sonar. However, there is no specific                    stressors sustained concurrently or in      (rms), but with a frequency between 0.5
                                                   evidence of this upon exposure to                       series. However, the cause or causes of     and 6 kHz, which is lower than the
                                                   airgun pulses.                                          most strandings are unknown (Geraci et maximum sensitivity hearing range of
                                                      In general, there are few data about                 al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; any the local species (belugas—40–130
                                                   the potential for strong, anthropogenic                 Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest       kHz;, killer whales—7–30 kHz; harbor
                                                   underwater sounds to cause non-                         that the physiology, behavior, habitat      porpoise—100–140 kHz; and harbor
                                                   auditory physical effects in marine                     relationships, age, or condition of         seals—10–30 kHz; Wartzok and Ketten
                                                   mammals. Such effects, if they occur at                 cetaceans may cause them to strand or       1999, Southall et al. 2007, Kastelein et
                                                   all, would presumably be limited to                     might pre-dispose them to strand when       al. 2002). While the chirper is not as
                                                   short distances and to activities that                  exposed to another phenomenon. These loud (202 dB re 1 mPa-m [rms]), it does
                                                   extend over a prolonged period. The                     suggestions are consistent with the         operate at a higher frequency range (2–
                                                   available data do not allow                             conclusions of numerous other studies       16 kHz), and within the maximum
                                                   identification of a specific exposure                   that have demonstrated that                 sensitive range of all of the local species
                                                   level above which non-auditory effects                  combinations of dissimilar stressors        except beluga whales.
                                                   can be expected (Southall et al., 2007)                 commonly combine to kill an animal or          Marine mammal communications
                                                   or any meaningful quantitative                          dramatically reduce its fitness, even       would not likely be masked appreciably
                                                   predictions of the numbers (if any) of                  though one exposure without the other       by the profiler’s signals given the
                                                   marine mammals that might be affected                   does not produce the same result            directionality of the signal and the brief
                                                   in those ways. There is no definitive                   (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries      period when an individual mammal is
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   evidence that any of these effects occur                et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley likely to be within its beam.
                                                   even for marine mammals in close                        et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,         Furthermore, despite the fact that the
                                                   proximity to large arrays of airguns. In                2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,     profiler overlaps with hearing ranges of
                                                   addition, marine mammals that show                      2004). Given the low volume and source many marine mammal species in the
                                                   behavioral avoidance of seismic vessels,                level of the proposed airgun, standing      area, the profiler’s signals do not
                                                   including some pinnipeds, are unlikely                  and mortality are not anticipated due to overlap with the predominant
                                                   to incur non-auditory impairment or                     use of the airgun proposed for this         frequencies in the calls, which would
                                                   other physical effects. The low volume                  activity.                                   avoid significant masking.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6388                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                     Behavioral Responses: Responses to                    communication of local marine                         leading to pathological conditions or
                                                   the profiler are likely to be similar to the            mammals.                                              death (NRC 2005). Potential effects may
                                                   other pulsed sources discussed earlier if                  Behavioral Response: It is unlikely                be greatest where sound disturbance can
                                                   received at the same levels. The                        that vibracoring will elicit behavioral               disrupt feeding patterns including
                                                   behavioral response of local marine                     responses that rise to the level of a take            displacement from critical feeding
                                                   mammals to the operation of the sub-                    from marine mammal species in the                     grounds. However, all G&G exposure to
                                                   bottom profilers is expected to be                      area. A review of similar survey activity             marine mammals would be of duration
                                                   similar to that of the small airgun. The                in New Zealand by their Department of                 measured in minutes.
                                                   odontocetes are likely to avoid the sub-                Conservation classified the likely effects               Specific sound-related processes that
                                                   bottom profiler activity, especially the                from vibracore and similar activity to be             lead to strandings and mortality are not
                                                   naturally shy harbor porpoise, while the                some habitat degradation and prey                     well documented, but may include (1)
                                                   harbor seals might be attracted to them                 species effects, but primarily behavioral             swimming in avoidance of a sound into
                                                   out of curiosity. However, because the                  responses, although the species in the                shallow water; (2) a change in behavior
                                                   sub-bottom profilers operate from a                     analyzed area were different to those                 (such as a change in diving behavior)
                                                   moving vessel, and the maximum radius                   found in Cook Inlet (Thompson, 2012).                 that might contribute to tissue damage,
                                                   to the 160 dB harassment threshold is                   The category of behavioral responses                  gas bubble formation, hypoxia, cardiac
                                                   only 263 m (863 ft), the area and time                  covered a suite of behaviors including                arrhythmia, hypertensive hemorrhage,
                                                   that this equipment would be affecting                  altered respiration and dive patterns,                or other forms of trauma; (3) a
                                                   a given location is very small.                         disruption of foraging or nursing, and                physiological change such as a
                                                     Hearing Impairment and Other                          temporary displacement from particular                vestibular response leading to a
                                                   Physical Effects: It is unlikely that the               habitats.                                             behavioral change or stress-induced
                                                   sub-bottom profilers produce sound                         There are no data on the behavioral                hemorrhagic diathesis, leading in turn
                                                   levels strong enough to cause hearing                   response to vibracore activity of marine              to tissue damage; and, (4) tissue damage
                                                   impairment or other physical injuries                   mammals in Cook Inlet. The closest                    directly from sound exposure, such as
                                                   even in an animal that is (briefly) in a                analog to vibracoring might be                        through acoustically mediated bubble
                                                   position near the source (Wood et al.                   exploratory drilling, although there is a             formation and growth or acoustic
                                                   2012). The likelihood of marine                         notable difference in magnitude                       resonance of tissues (Wood et al. 2012).
                                                   mammals moving away from the source                     between an oil and gas drilling                       Some of these mechanisms are unlikely
                                                   make if further unlikely that a marine                  operation and collecting sediment                     to apply in the case of impulse G&G
                                                   mammal would be able to approach                        samples with a vibracorer. Thomas et al.              sounds, especially since airguns and
                                                   close to the transducers.                               (1990) played back drilling sound to                  sub-bottom profilers produce broadband
                                                     Animals may avoid the area around                     four captive beluga whales and found                  sound with low pressure rise.
                                                   the survey vessels, thereby reducing                    no statistical difference in swim                     Strandings to date which have been
                                                   exposure. Any disturbance to marine                     patterns, social groups, respiration and              attributed to sound exposure related to
                                                   mammals is likely to be in the form of                  dive rates, or stress hormone levels                  date from military exercises using
                                                   temporary avoidance or alteration of                    before and during playbacks. There is                 narrowband mid-frequency sonar with a
                                                   opportunistic foraging behavior near the                no reason to believe that beluga whales               much greater likelihood to cause
                                                   survey location.                                        or any other marine mammal exposed to                 physical damage (Balcomb and Claridge
                                                                                                           vibracoring sound would behave any                    2001, NOAA and USN, 2001,
                                                   Vibracore
                                                                                                           differently, especially since vibracoring             Hildebrand 2005).
                                                      EMALL would conduct vibracoring in                   occurs for only one or two minutes.                      The low intensity, low frequency,
                                                   a portion of Cook Inlet for a total of 120                 Hearing Impairment and Other                       broadband sound associated with
                                                   vibracoring occurrences. While duration                 Physical Effects: The vibracorer operates             airguns and sub-bottom profilers,
                                                   is dependent on sediment type, the                      for only one or two minutes at a time                 combined with the shutdown safety
                                                   driving mechanism, which emits sound                    with a 1-m source of 187.4 dB re 1 mPa-               zone mitigation measure for the airgun
                                                   at a source level of 187dB re: 1 mPa, will              m (rms). It is neither loud enough nor                would prevent physical damage to
                                                   only bore for 1 to 2 minutes. The sound                 does it operate for a long enough                     marine mammals. The vibracoring
                                                   is emitted at a frequency of 10 Hz to 20                duration to induce either TTS or PTS.                 would also be unlikely to have the
                                                   kHz.                                                                                                          capability of causing physical damage to
                                                      Masking: It is unlikely that masking                 Stranding and Mortality
                                                                                                                                                                 marine mammals because of its low
                                                   will occur due to vibracore operations.                    Stress, Stranding, and Mortality                   intensity and short duration.
                                                   Chorney et al. (2011) conducted sound                   Safety zones will be established to
                                                   measurements on an operating                            prevent acoustical injury to local marine             3. Potential Effects of Vessel Movement
                                                   vibracorer in Alaska and found that it                  mammals, especially injury that could                 and Collisions
                                                   emitted a sound pressure level at 1-m                   indirectly lead to mortality. Also, G&G                  Vessel movement in the vicinity of
                                                   source of 188 dB re 1 mPa-m (rms), with                 sound is not expected to cause resonate               marine mammals has the potential to
                                                   a frequency range of between 10 Hz and                  effects to gas-filled spaces or airspaces             result in either a behavioral response or
                                                   20 kHz. While the frequency range                       in marine mammals based on the                        a direct physical interaction. We discuss
                                                   overlaps the lower ends of the                          research of Finneran (2003) on beluga                 both scenarios here.
                                                   maximum sensitivity hearing ranges of                   whales showing that the tissue and                       Behavioral Responses to Vessel
                                                   harbor porpoises, killer whales, and                    other body masses dampen any                          Movement: There are limited data
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   harbor seals, and the continuous sound                  potential effects of resonance on ear                 concerning marine mammal behavioral
                                                   extends 2.54 km (1.6 mi) to the 120 dB                  cavities, lungs, and intestines. Chronic              responses to vessel traffic and vessel
                                                   threshold, the vibracorer will operate                  exposure to sound could lead to                       noise, and a lack of consensus among
                                                   about the one or two minutes it takes to                physiological stress eventually causing               scientists with respect to what these
                                                   drive the core pipe 7 m (20 ft) into the                hormonal imbalances (NRC 2005). If                    responses mean or whether they result
                                                   sediment, and approximately twice per                   survival demands are already high, and/               in short-term or long-term adverse
                                                   day. Therefore, there is very little                    or additional stressors are present, the              effects. In those cases where there is a
                                                   opportunity for this activity to mask the               ability of the animal to cope decreases,              busy shipping lane or where there is a


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                           6389

                                                   large amount of vessel traffic, marine                  degrees by a number of factors, such as               Vessel Strike
                                                   mammals may experience acoustic                         species, behavioral contexts,                            Ship strikes of cetaceans can cause
                                                   masking (Hildebrand, 2005) if they are                  geographical regions, source                          major wounds, which may lead to the
                                                   present in the area (e.g., killer whales in             characteristics (moving or stationary,                death of the animal. An animal at the
                                                   Puget Sound; Foote et al., 2004; Holt et                speed, direction, etc.), prior experience             surface could be struck directly by a
                                                   al., 2008). In cases where vessels                      of the animal and physical status of the              vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the
                                                   actively approach marine mammals                        animal. For example, studies have                     bottom of a vessel, or a vessel’s
                                                   (e.g., whale watching or dolphin                        shown that beluga whales’ reactions                   propeller could injure an animal just
                                                   watching boats), scientists have                        varied when exposed to vessel noise                   below the surface. The severity of
                                                   documented that animals exhibit altered                 and traffic. In some cases, naive beluga              injuries typically depends on the size
                                                   behavior such as increased swimming                     whales exhibited rapid swimming from                  and speed of the vessel (Knowlton and
                                                   speed, erratic movement, and active                     ice-breaking vessels up to 80 km (49.7                Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001;
                                                   avoidance behavior (Bursk, 1983;                        mi) away, and showed changes in                       Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007).
                                                   Acevedo, 1991; Baker and MacGibbon,                     surfacing, breathing, diving, and group                  The most vulnerable marine mammals
                                                   1991; Trites and Bain, 2000; Williams et                composition in the Canadian high                      are those that spend extended periods of
                                                   al., 2002; Constantine et al., 2003),                   Arctic where vessel traffic is rare (Finley           time at the surface in order to restore
                                                   reduced blow interval (Ritcher et al.,
                                                                                                           et al., 1990). In other cases, beluga                 oxygen levels within their tissues after
                                                   2003), disruption of normal social
                                                                                                           whales were more tolerant of vessels,                 deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In
                                                   behaviors (Lusseau, 2003; 2006), and the
                                                                                                           but responded differentially to certain               addition, some baleen whales, such as
                                                   shift of behavioral activities which may
                                                                                                           vessels and operating characteristics by              the North Atlantic right whale, seem
                                                   increase energetic costs (Constantine et
                                                                                                           reducing their calling rates (especially              generally unresponsive to vessel sound,
                                                   al., 2003; 2004). A detailed review of
                                                                                                           older animals) in the St. Lawrence River              making them more susceptible to vessel
                                                   marine mammal reactions to ships and
                                                   boats is available in Richardson et al.                 where vessel traffic is common (Blane                 collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These
                                                   (1995). For each of the marine mammal                   and Jaakson, 1994). In Bristol Bay,                   species are primarily large, slow moving
                                                   taxonomy groups, Richardson et al.                      Alaska, beluga whales continued to feed               whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g.,
                                                   (1995) provides the following                           when surrounded by fishing vessels and                bottlenose dolphin) move quickly
                                                   assessment regarding reactions to vessel                resisted dispersal even when                          through the water column and are often
                                                   traffic:                                                purposefully harassed (Fish and Vania,                seen riding the bow wave of large ships.
                                                      Pinnipeds: Reactions by pinnipeds to                 1971).                                                Marine mammal responses to vessels
                                                   vessel disturbance largely involve                                                                            may include avoidance and changes in
                                                                                                              In reviewing more than 25 years of
                                                   relocation. Harbor seals hauled out on                                                                        dive pattern (NRC, 2003).
                                                                                                           whale observation data, Watkins (1986)
                                                   mud flats have been documented                                                                                   An examination of all known ship
                                                                                                           concluded that whale reactions to vessel
                                                   returning to the water in response to                                                                         strikes from all shipping sources
                                                                                                           traffic were ‘‘modified by their previous
                                                   nearing boat traffic. Vessels that                                                                            (civilian and military) indicates vessel
                                                                                                           experience and current activity:                      speed is a principal factor in whether a
                                                   approach haulouts slowly may also                       Habituation often occurred rapidly,
                                                   elicit alert reactions without flushing                                                                       vessel strike results in death (Knowlton
                                                                                                           attention to other stimuli or                         and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001;
                                                   from the haulout. Small boats with                      preoccupation with other activities
                                                   slow, constant speed elicit the least                                                                         Jensen and Silber, 2003; Vanderlaan and
                                                                                                           sometimes overcame their interest or                  Taggart, 2007). In assessing records with
                                                   noticeable reactions. However, in                       wariness of stimuli.’’ Watkins noticed
                                                   Alaska specifically, harbor seals are                                                                         known vessel speeds, Laist et al. (2001)
                                                                                                           that over the years of exposure to ships              found a direct relationship between the
                                                   documented to tolerate fishing vessels                  in the Cape Cod area, minke whales
                                                   with no discernable reactions, and                                                                            occurrence of a whale strike and the
                                                                                                           changed from frequent positive interest               speed of the vessel involved in the
                                                   habituation is common (Burns in                         (e.g., approaching vessels) to generally
                                                   Johnson et al., 1989).                                                                                        collision. The authors concluded that
                                                                                                           uninterested reactions; fin whales                    most deaths occurred when a vessel was
                                                      Porpoises: Harbor porpoises are often
                                                   seen changing direction in the presence                 changed from mostly negative (e.g.,                   traveling in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9
                                                   of vessel traffic. Avoidance has been                   avoidance) to uninterested reactions;                 mph; 13 kts). Given the slow vessel
                                                   documented up to 1km away from an                       right whales apparently continued the                 speeds necessary for data acquisition,
                                                   approaching vessel, but the avoidance                   same variety of responses (negative,                  ship strike is unlikely to occur during
                                                   response is strengthened in closer                      uninterested, and positive responses)                 this survey.
                                                   proximity to vessels (Barlow, 1998;                     with little change; and humpbacks
                                                                                                           dramatically changed from mixed                       Entanglement
                                                   Palka, 1993). This avoidance behavior is
                                                   not consistent across all porpoises, as                 responses that were often negative to                    Entanglement can occur if wildlife
                                                   Dall’s porpoises have been observed                     reactions that were often strongly                    becomes immobilized in survey lines,
                                                   approaching boats.                                      positive. Watkins (1986) summarized                   cables, nets, or other equipment that is
                                                      Toothed whales: In summary, toothed                  that ‘‘whales near shore, even in regions             moving through the water column. The
                                                   whales sometimes show no avoidance                      with low vessel traffic, generally have               proposed survey would require towing
                                                   reaction to vessels, or even approach                   become less wary of boats and their                   approximately 150 ft of cables. This size
                                                   them. However, avoidance can occur,                     noises, and they have appeared to be                  of the array generally carries a lower
                                                   especially in response to vessels of                    less easily disturbed than previously. In             risk of entanglement for marine
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   types used to chase or hunt the animals.                particular locations with intense                     mammals. Wildlife, especially slow
                                                   This may cause temporary                                shipping and repeated approaches by                   moving individuals, such as large
                                                   displacement, but we know of no clear                   boats (such as the whale-watching areas               whales, have a low probability of
                                                   evidence that toothed whales have                       of Stellwagen Bank), more and more                    entanglement due to the low amount of
                                                   abandoned significant parts of their                    whales had positive reactions to familiar             slack in the lines, slow speed of the
                                                   range because of vessel traffic.                        vessels, and they also occasionally                   survey vessel, and onboard monitoring.
                                                      Behavioral responses to stimuli are                  approached other boats and yachts in                  Pinnipeds and porpoises are the least
                                                   complex and influenced to varying                       the same ways.’’                                      likely to entangle in equipment, as most


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6390                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   documented cases of entanglement                           Cook Inlet beluga whales may avoid                 (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2013).
                                                   involve fishing gear and prey species                   areas ensonified by the geophysical or                Tidal currents reach 3.9 kts per second
                                                   (Gales et al., 2003). There are no                      geotechnical activities that generate                 (Mulherin et al., 2001) in upper Cook
                                                   reported cases of entanglement from                     sound with frequencies within the                     Inlet, increasing to 5.7–7.7 kts per
                                                   geophysical equipment in the Cook Inlet                 beluga hearing range and at levels above              second near the Forelands where the
                                                   area.                                                   threshold values. This includes the                   inlet is constricted. Each tidal cycle
                                                                                                           chirp sub-bottom profiler with a radius               creates significant turbulence and
                                                   Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
                                                                                                           of 631 m, the boomer sub-bottom                       vertical mixing of the water column in
                                                   Habitat
                                                                                                           profiler with a radius of 1 km, the                   the upper inlet (U.S. Army Corps of
                                                      The G&G Program survey areas are                     airgun with a radius of 300 m and the                 Engineers 2013), and are reversing,
                                                   within upper Cook Inlet, primarily                      vibracore with a radius of 6.2 m. The                 meaning that they are marked by a
                                                   north of the Forelands although the                     sub-bottom profilers and the airgun will              period of slack tide followed an
                                                   Marine Terminal survey area is located                  be operated from a vessel moving at                   acceleration in the opposite direction
                                                   near Nikiski just south of the East                     speeds of about 4 kt. The chirp may also              (Mulherin et al,. 2001).
                                                   Foreland, which includes habitat for                    be operated concurrently with an                         Because of scouring, mixing, and
                                                   prey species of marine mammals,                         airgun. The airgun may also be used as                sediment transport from these currents,
                                                   including fish as well as invertebrates                 a stationary source in the Marine                     the marine invertebrate community is
                                                   eaten by Cook Inlet beluga whales. This                 Facilities area. The operation of a                   very limited (Pentec 2005). Of the 50
                                                   area contains Critical Habitat for Cook                 vibracore has a duration of                           stations sampled by Saupe et al. 2005
                                                   Inlet belugas, is near the breeding                     approximately 1–2 minutes. All of these               for marine invertebrates in Southcentral
                                                   grounds for the local harbor seal                       activities will be conducted in relatively            Alaska, their upper Cook Inlet station
                                                   population, and serves as an occasional                 open areas of the Cook Inlet within                   had by far the lowest abundance and
                                                   feeding ground for killer whales and                    Critical Habitat Area 2. Given the size               diversity. Further, the fish community
                                                   harbor porpoises. Cook Inlet is a large                 and openness of the Cook Inlet in the                 of upper Cook Inlet is characterized
                                                   subarctic estuary roughly 299 km (186                   survey areas, and the relatively small                largely by migratory fish—eulachon and
                                                   mi) in length and averaging 96 km (60                   area and mobile/temporary nature of the               Pacific salmon—returning to spawning
                                                   mi) in width. It extends from the city of               zones of ensonification, the generation               rivers, or outmigrating salmon smolts.
                                                   Anchorage at its northern end and flows                 of sound by the G&G activities is not                 Moulton (1997) documented only 18
                                                   into the Gulf of Alaska at its                          expected to result in any restriction of              fish species in upper Cook Inlet
                                                   southernmost end. For descriptive                       passage of belugas within or between                  compared to at least 50 species found in
                                                   purposes, Cook Inlet is separated into                  critical habitat areas. The jack-up                   lower Cook Inlet (Robards et al. 1999).
                                                   unique upper and lower sections,                        platform from which the geotechnical                     Lower Cook Inlet extends from the
                                                   divided at the East and West Forelands,                 borings will be conducted will be                     Forelands southwest to the inlet mouth
                                                   where the opposing peninsulas create a                  attached to the seafloor with legs, and               demarked by an approximate line
                                                   natural waistline in the length of the                  will be in place at a given location for              between Cape Douglas and English Bay.
                                                   waterway, measuring approximately 16                    up to 4–5 days, but given its small size              Water circulation in lower Cook Inlet is
                                                   km (10 mi) across (Mulherin et al.,                     (Table 4 in the application) would not                dominated by the Alaska Coastal
                                                   2001).                                                  result in any obstruction of passage by               Current (ACC) that flows northward
                                                      Potential effects on beluga habitat                  belugas.                                              along the shores of the Kenai Peninsula
                                                   would be limited to noise effects on                       Upper Cook Inlet comprises the area                until it turns westward and is mixed by
                                                   prey; direct impact to benthic habitat                  between Point Campbell (Anchorage)                    the combined influences of freshwater
                                                   from jack-up platform leg placement,                    down to the Forelands, and is roughly                 input from upper Cook Inlet, wind,
                                                   and sampling with grabs, coring, and                    95 km (59 mi) in length and 24.9 km                   topography, tidal surges, and the
                                                   boring; and small discharges of drill                   (15.5 mi) in width (Mulherin et al.,                  coriolis effect (Field and Walker 2003,
                                                   cuttings and drilling mud associated                    2001). Five major rivers (Knik,                       MMS 1996). Upwelling by the ACC
                                                   with the borings. Portions of the survey                Matanuska, Susitna, Little Susitna, and               brings nutrient-rich waters to lower
                                                   areas include waters of Cook Inlet that                 Beluga) deliver freshwater to upper                   Cook Inlet and contributes to a
                                                   are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and within                  Cook Inlet, carrying a heavy annual                   biologically rich and productive ecology
                                                   8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous streams.                  sediment load of over 40 million tons of              (Sambrotto and Lorenzen 1986). Tidal
                                                   Several anadromous streams (Three-                      eroded materials and glacial silt (Brabets            currents average 2–3 kt per second and
                                                   mile Creek, Indian Creek, and two                       1999). As a result, upper Cook Inlet is               are rotary in that they do not completely
                                                   unnamed streams) enter the Cook Inlet                   relatively shallow, averaging 18.3 m (60              go slack before rotating around into an
                                                   within the survey areas. Other                          ft) in depth. It is characterized by                  opposite direction (Gatto 1976,
                                                   anadromous streams are located within                   shoals, mudflats, and a wide coastal                  Mulherin et al. 2001). Depths in the
                                                   8.0 km (5.0 mi) of the survey areas. The                shelf, less than 17.9 m (59 ft) deep,                 central portion of lower Cook Inlet are
                                                   survey program will not prevent beluga                  extending from the eastern shore. A                   60–80 m (197–262 ft) and decrease
                                                   access to the mouths of these streams                   deep trough exists between Trading Bay                steadily toward the shores (Muench
                                                   and will result in no short-term or long-               and the Middle Ground Shoal, ranging                  1981). Bottom sediments in the lower
                                                   term loss of intertidal or subtidal waters              from 35 to 77 m (114–253 ft) deep                     inlet are coarse gravel and sand that
                                                   that are <9.1 m (30 ft) in depth and                    (NOAA Nautical Chart 16660). The                      grade to finer sand and mud toward the
                                                   within 8.0 km (5.0 mi) of anadromous                    substrate consists of a mixture of coarse             south (Bouma 1978).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   streams. Minor seafloor impacts will                    gravels, cobbles, pebbles, sand, clay,                   Coarser substrate support a wide
                                                   occur in these areas from grab samples,                 and silt (Bouma et al. 1978, Rappeport                variety of invertebrates and fish
                                                   PCPTs, vibracores, or geotechnical                      1982).                                                including Pacific halibut, Dungeness
                                                   borings but will have no effect on the                     Upper Cook Inlet experiences some of               crab, tanner crab, pandalid shrimp,
                                                   area as beluga habitat once the vessel or               the most extreme tides in the world,                  Pacific cod, and rock sole, while the
                                                   jack-up platform has left. The survey                   demonstrated by a mean tidal range                    soft-bottom sand and silt communities
                                                   program will have no effect on this                     from 4.0 m (13 ft) at the Gulf of Alaska              are dominated by polychaetes, bivalves
                                                   habitat.                                                end to 8.8 m (29 ft) near Anchorage                   and other flatfish (Field and Walker


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                           6391

                                                   2003). These species constitute prey                    m (30-in) diameter leg, the 42 0.1524-m               regulation, the EPA has made a
                                                   species for several marine mammals in                   (6-in) diameter borings, and the 55                   determination that such discharges will
                                                   Cook Inlet, including pinnipeds and                     0.0762-m (3-in) diameter vibracore                    not result in any unreasonable
                                                   Cook Inlet belugas. Sea urchins and sea                 samplings (plus several grab and PCPT                 degradation of the marine environment,
                                                   cucumbers are important otter prey and                  samples). Collectively, these samples                 including:
                                                   are found in shell debris communities.                  would temporarily damage about a                        • Significant adverse changes in
                                                   Razor clams are found all along the                     hundred square meters of benthic                      ecosystem diversity, productivity and
                                                   beaches of the Kenai Peninsula. In                      habitat relative to the size (nearly 21,000           stability of the biological community
                                                   general, the lower Cook Inlet marine                    km2/8,108 mi2) of Cook Inlet. Overall,                within the area of discharge and
                                                   invertebrate community is of low                        sediment sampling and acoustical                      surrounding biological communities,
                                                   abundance, dominated by polychaetes,                    effects on prey resources will have a                   • Threat to human health through
                                                   until reaching the mouth of the inlet                   negligible effect at most on the marine               direct exposure to pollutants or through
                                                   (Saupe et al. 2005). Overall, the lower                 mammal habitat within the G&G                         consumption of exposed aquatic
                                                   Cook Inlet marine ecosystem is fed by                   Program survey area. Some prey                        organisms, or
                                                   midwater communities of                                 resources might be temporarily                          • Loss of aesthetic, recreational,
                                                   phytoplankton and zooplankton, with                     displaced, but no long-term effects are               scientific or economic values which is
                                                   the latter composed mostly of copepods                  expected.                                             unreasonable in relation to the benefit
                                                   and barnacle and crab larvae (Damkaer                      The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program                    derived from the discharge.
                                                   1977, English 1980).                                    will result in a number of minor                      Proposed Mitigation
                                                      G&G Program activities that could                    discharges to the waters of Cook Inlet.
                                                   potentially impact marine mammal                        Discharges associated with the                           In order to issue an incidental take
                                                   habitats include sediment sampling                      geotechnical borings will include: (1)                authorization under section 101(a)(5)(D)
                                                   (vibracore, boring, grab sampling) on the               The discharge of drill cuttings and                   of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the
                                                   sea bottom, placement of the jack-up                    drilling fluids and (2) the discharge of              permissible methods of taking pursuant
                                                   platform spud cans, and acoustical                      deck drainage (runoff of precipitation                to such activity, and other means of
                                                   injury of prey resources. However, there                and deck wash water) from the                         effecting the least practicable adverse
                                                   are few benthic resources in the survey                 geotechnical drilling platform. Other                 impact on such species or stock and its
                                                   area that could be impacted by                          vessels associated with the G&G surveys               habitat, paying particular attention to
                                                   collection of the small samples (Saupe                  will discharge wastewaters that are                   rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
                                                   et al. 2005). These activities are                      normally associated with the operation                similar significance, and on the
                                                   temporary in nature and for short                       of vessels in transit including deck                  availability of such species or stock for
                                                   durations.                                              drainage, ballast water, bilge water, non-            taking for certain subsistence uses
                                                      Acoustical effects to marine mammal                  contact cooling water, and gray water.                (where relevant).
                                                   prey resources are also limited.                           The discharges of drill cuttings,                     EMALL has proposed the following
                                                   Christian et al. (2004) studied seismic                 drilling fluids, and deck drainage                    mitigation measures. To mitigate
                                                   energy impacts on male snow crabs and                   associated with the geotechnical borings              potential acoustical impacts to local
                                                   found no significant increases in                       will be within limitations authorized by              marine mammals, Protected Species
                                                   physiological stress due to exposure to                 the Alaska Department of                              Observers (PSOs) will operate aboard
                                                   high sound pressure levels. No                          Environmental Conservation under the                  the vessels from which the chirper,
                                                   acoustical impact studies have been                     Alaska Pollutant Discharge Elimination                boomer, airgun, and vibracorer will be
                                                   conducted to date on the above fish                     System. The drill cuttings consist of                 deployed. The PSOs will implement the
                                                   species, but studies have been                          natural geologic materials of the seafloor            mitigation measures described in the
                                                   conducted on Atlantic cod and sardine.                  sediments brought to the surface via the              Marine Mammal Monitoring and
                                                   Davis et al. (1998) cited various studies               drill bit/drill stem of the rotary drilling           Mitigation Plan (Appendix A of the
                                                   that found no effects to Atlantic cod                   operation, will be relatively minor in                application). These mitigations include:
                                                   eggs, larvae, and fry when received                     volume, and deposit over a very small                 (1) Establishing safety zones to ensure
                                                   levels were 222 dB. Effects found were                  area of Cook Inlet seafloor. The drilling             marine mammals are not injured by
                                                   to larval fish within about 5.0 m (16 ft),              fluids which are used to lubricate the                sound pressure levels exceeding Level A
                                                   and from air guns with volumes                          bit, stabilize the hole, and viscosify the            injury thresholds; (2) shutting down the
                                                   between 49,661 and 65,548 cm3 (3,000                    slurry for transport of the solids to the             airgun when required to avoid
                                                   and 4,000 in3). Similarly, effects to                   surface will consist of seawater and guar             harassment of beluga whales
                                                   sardine were greatest on eggs and 2-day                 gum. Guar gum is a high-molecular                     approaching the 160–dB disturbance
                                                   larvae, but these effects were greatest at              weight polysaccharide (galactose and                  zone; and (3) timing survey activity to
                                                   0.5 m (1.6 ft), and again confined to 5.0               mannose units) derived from the ground                avoid concentrations of beluga whales
                                                   m (16 ft). Further, Greenlaw et al. (1988)              seeds of the plant Cyampsis gonolobus.                on a seasonal basis.
                                                   found no evidence of gross histological                 It is a non-toxic fluid also used as a food              Before chirper, boomer, airgun, and
                                                   damage to eggs and larvae of northern                   additive in soups, drinks, breads, and                vibracoring operations begin each day
                                                   anchovy exposed to seismic air guns,                    meat products.                                        and before restarting operations after a
                                                   and concluded that noticeable effects                      Vessel discharges will be authorized               shutdown of 15 minutes or greater, the
                                                   would result only from multiple, close                  under the U.S. Environmental                          PSOs will ‘‘clear’’ both the Level A and
                                                   exposures. Based on these results, much                 Protection Agency’s (EPA’s) National                  Level B Zones of Influence (ZOIs—area
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   lower energy impulsive geophysical                      Pollutant Discharge Elimination System                from the source to the 160dB or 180/
                                                   equipment planned for this program                      (NPDES) Vessel General Permit (VGP)                   190dB isopleths) of marine mammals by
                                                   would not damage larval fish or any                     for Discharges Incidental to the Normal               intensively surveying these ZOIs prior
                                                   other marine mammal prey resource.                      Operation of Vessels. Each vessel will                to activity to confirm that marine
                                                      Potential damage to the Cook Inlet                   have obtained authorization under the                 mammals are not seen in the applicable
                                                   benthic community will be limited to                    VGP and will discharge according to the               area. All three geophysical activities
                                                   the actual surface area of the four spud                conditions and limitations mandated by                (boomer, chirp, airgun) will be shut
                                                   cans that form the ‘‘foot’’ of each 0.762-              the permit. As required by statute and                down in mid-operation at the approach


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6392                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   to any marine mammal to the Level A                        • Percent glare.                                   Resuming Airgun Operations After a
                                                   safety zone, and at the approach of an                     The following data will be collected               Shutdown
                                                   ESA-listed beluga whale to the Level B                  for all marine mammal sightings:                         A full ramp-up after a shutdown will
                                                   harassment zone for these sources. The                     • Bearing and distance to the                      not begin until there has been a
                                                   geotechnical vibracoring lasts only one                 sighting;                                             minimum of 30 minutes of observation
                                                   or two minutes and shutdowns are                           • Species identification;                          of the applicable exclusion zone by
                                                   likely impossible. Finally, the G&G                        • Behavior at the time of sighting                 PSOs to assure that no marine mammals
                                                   Program will be planned to avoid high                   (e.g., travel, spy-hop, breach, etc.);                are present. The entire exclusion zone
                                                   beluga whale density areas. This would                     • Direction and speed relative to                  must be visible during the 30-minute
                                                   be achieved by conducting surveys at                    vessel;                                               lead-in to a full ramp up. If the entire
                                                   the Marine Terminal and the southern                                                                          exclusion zone is not visible, then ramp-
                                                                                                              • Reaction to activities—changes in
                                                   end of the pipeline survey area when                                                                          up from a cold start cannot begin. If a
                                                                                                           behavior (e.g., none, avoidance,
                                                   beluga whales are farther north, feeding                                                                      marine mammal(s) is sighted within the
                                                                                                           approach, paralleling, etc.);
                                                   near the Susitna Delta, and completing                                                                        injury exclusion zone during the 30-
                                                   activities in the northern portion of the                  • Group size;
                                                                                                                                                                 minute watch prior to ramp-up, ramp-
                                                   pipeline survey area when the Cook                         • Orientation when sighted (e.g.,
                                                                                                                                                                 up will be delayed until the marine
                                                   Inlet beluga whales have begun to                       toward, away, parallel, etc.);
                                                                                                                                                                 mammal(s) is sighted outside of the
                                                   disperse from the Susitna Delta and                        • Closest point of approach;                       zone or the animal(s) is not sighted for
                                                   other summer concentration areas.                          • Sighting cue (e.g., animal, splash,              at least 15–30 minutes: 15 Minutes for
                                                                                                           birds, etc.);                                         small odontocetes and pinnipeds (e.g.
                                                   Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation                             • Physical description of features that
                                                   Monitoring                                                                                                    harbor porpoises, harbor seals), or 30
                                                                                                           were observed or determined not to be                 minutes for large odontocetes (e.g.,
                                                     EMALL will hire qualified and                         present in the case of unknown or                     killer whales and beluga whales).
                                                   NMFS-approved PSOs. These PSOs will                     unidentified animals;
                                                   be stationed aboard the geophysical                        • Time of sighting;                                Speed and Course Alterations
                                                   survey source or support vessels during                    • Location, speed, and activity of the                If a marine mammal is detected
                                                   sub-bottom profiling, air gun, and                      source and mitigation vessels, sea state,             outside the Level A injury exclusion
                                                   vibracoring operations. A single senior                 ice cover, visibility, and sun glare; and             zone and, based on its position and the
                                                   PSO will be assigned to oversee all                     positions of other vessel(s) in the                   relative motion, is likely to enter that
                                                   Marine Mammal Mitigation and                            vicinity, and                                         zone, the vessel’s speed and/or direct
                                                   Monitoring Program mandates and                            • Mitigation measure taken—if any.                 course may, when practical and safe, be
                                                   function as the on-site person-in-                         All observations and shut downs will               changed to also minimize the effect on
                                                   chargeimplementing the 4MP.                             be recorded in a standardized format                  the survey program. The marine
                                                     Generally, two PSOs will work on a                                                                          mammal activities and movements
                                                                                                           and data entered into a custom database
                                                   rotational basis during daylight hours                                                                        relative to the sound source and support
                                                                                                           using a notebook computer. Accuracy of
                                                   with shifts of 4 to 6 hours, and one PSO                                                                      vessels will be closely monitored to
                                                                                                           all data will be verified daily by the
                                                   on duty on each source vessel at all                                                                          ensure that the marine mammal does
                                                                                                           person in charge (PIC) or designated
                                                   times. Work days for an individual PSO                                                                        not approach within the applicable
                                                                                                           PSO by a manual verification. These
                                                   will not exceed 12 hours in duration.                                                                         exclusion radius. If the mammal appears
                                                                                                           procedures will reduce errors, allow the
                                                   Sufficient numbers of PSOs will be                                                                            likely to enter the exclusion radius,
                                                                                                           preparation of short-term data
                                                   available and provided to meet                                                                                further mitigative actions will be taken,
                                                                                                           summaries, and facilitate transfer of the
                                                   requirements.                                                                                                 i.e., either further course alterations or
                                                                                                           data to statistical, graphical, or other
                                                     Roles and responsibilities of all PSOs                                                                      shut down of the active sound sources
                                                                                                           programs for further processing and
                                                   include the following:                                                                                        considered in this Authorization.
                                                     • Accurately observe and record                       archiving. PSOs will conduct
                                                   sensitive marine mammal species;                        monitoring during daylight periods                    Mitigation Proposed by NMFS
                                                     • Follow monitoring and data                          (weather permitting) during G&G
                                                                                                           activities, and during most daylight                  Special Procedures for Situations or
                                                   collection procedures; and                                                                                    Species of Concern
                                                     • Ensure mitigation measures are                      periods when G&G activities are
                                                   followed.                                               temporarily suspended.                                  The following additional protective
                                                     PSOs will be stationed at the best                                                                          measures for beluga whales and groups
                                                                                                           Shutdown Procedures
                                                   available vantage point on the source                                                                         of five or more killer whales and harbor
                                                   vessels. PSOs will scan systematically                    If any marine mammal is seen                        porpoises are required. Specifically, a
                                                   with the unaided eye and 7x50 reticle                   approaching the Level A injury zone for               160-dB vessel monitoring zone would
                                                   binoculars. As necessary, new PSOs will                 the air gun, chirp, or boomer, these                  be established and monitored in Cook
                                                   be paired with experienced PSOs to                      sources will be shut down. If ESA-listed              Inlet during all seismic surveys. If a
                                                   ensure that the quality of marine                       marine mammals (e.g., beluga whales)                  beluga whale or groups of five or more
                                                   mammal observations and data                            are observed approaching the Level B                  killer whales and/or harbor porpoises
                                                   recording are consistent.                               harassment zone for the air gun, chirp,               are visually sighted approaching or
                                                     All field data collected will be entered              or boomer, these sources will be shut                 within the 160-dB disturbance zone,
                                                   by the end of the day into a custom                     down. The PSOs will ensure that the                   survey activity would not commence
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   database using a notebook computer.                     harassment zone is clear of marine                    until the animals are no longer present
                                                   Weather data relative to viewing                        mammal activity before vibracoring will               within the 160-dB disturbance zone.
                                                   conditions will be collected hourly, on                 occur, using observers near the                       Whenever Cook Inlet beluga whales or
                                                   rotation, and when sightings occur and                  vibracore as well as PSOs from a                      groups of five or more killer whales
                                                   include the following:                                  monitoring vessel. Given that                         and/or harbor porpoises are detected
                                                     • Sea state;                                          vibracoring lasts only about a minute or              approaching or within the 160-dB
                                                     • Wind speed and direction;                           two, shutdown actions are not                         disturbance zone, the boomer, chirp,
                                                     • Sun position; and                                   practicable.                                          and airgun may be powered down


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                            6393

                                                   before the animal is within the 160-dB                     Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed               Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
                                                   disturbance zone, as an alternative to a                by NMFS should be able to accomplish,                    In order to issue an IHA for an
                                                   complete shutdown. If the PSO                           have a reasonable likelihood of                       activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
                                                   determines a power down is not                          accomplishing (based on current                       MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
                                                   sufficient, the sound source(s) shall be                science), or contribute to the                        ‘‘requirements pertaining to the
                                                   shut-down until the animals are no                      accomplishment of one or more of the                  monitoring and reporting of such
                                                   longer present within the 160-dB zone.                  general goals listed here:                            taking.’’ The MMPA implementing
                                                   Mitigation Exclusion Zones                                 • Avoidance or minimization of                     regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13)
                                                                                                           injury or death of marine mammals                     indicate that requests for incidental take
                                                      NMFS requires that EMALL will not                    wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may              authorizations must include the
                                                   operate the chirp, boomer, vibracore, or                contribute to this goal).                             suggested means of accomplishing the
                                                   airgun within 10 miles (16 km) of the                      • A reduction in the numbers of                    necessary monitoring and reporting that
                                                   mean higher high water (MHHW) line of                   marine mammals (total number or                       will result in increased knowledge of
                                                   the Susitna Delta (Beluga River to the                  number at biologically important time                 the species and of the level of taking or
                                                   Little Susitna River) between April 15                  or location) exposed to sub-bottom                    impacts on populations of marine
                                                   and October 15. The purpose of this                     profiler or airgun operations that we                 mammals that are expected to be
                                                   mitigation measure is to protect beluga                 expect to result in the take of marine                present in the proposed action area.
                                                   whales in the designated critical habitat               mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,                  Any monitoring requirement we
                                                   in this area that is important for beluga               above, or to reducing harassment takes                prescribe should improve our
                                                   whale feeding and calving during the                    only).                                                understanding of one or more of the
                                                   spring and fall months. The range of the
                                                                                                              • A reduction in the number of times               following:
                                                   setback required by NMFS was                                                                                     • Occurrence of marine mammal
                                                                                                           (total number or number at biologically
                                                   designated to protect this important                                                                          species in action area (e.g., presence,
                                                                                                           important time or location) individuals
                                                   habitat area and also to create an                                                                            abundance, distribution, density).
                                                                                                           would be exposed to sub-bottom profiler
                                                   effective buffer where sound does not                                                                            • Nature, scope, or context of likely
                                                                                                           or airgun operations that we expect to
                                                   encroach on this habitat. This seasonal                                                                       marine mammal exposure to potential
                                                                                                           result in the take of marine mammals
                                                   exclusion will be in effect from April                                                                        stressors/impacts (individual or
                                                                                                           (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or
                                                   15th to October 15th annually.                                                                                cumulative, acute or chronic), through
                                                                                                           to reducing harassment takes only).
                                                   Activities can occur within this area                                                                         better understanding of: (1) Action or
                                                   from October 16th–April 14th.                              • A reduction in the intensity of
                                                                                                           exposures (either total number or                     environment (e.g., source
                                                   Passive Acoustic Monitoring                             number at biologically important time                 characterization, propagation, ambient
                                                                                                           or location) to airgun operations that we             noise); (2) Affected species (e.g., life
                                                      To allow the use of vibracoring in                                                                         history, dive patterns); (3) Co-
                                                   low-light and nighttime conditions,                     expect to result in the take of marine
                                                                                                           mammals (this goal may contribute to a,               occurrence of marine mammal species
                                                   NMFS would require use of passive                                                                             with the action; or (4) Biological or
                                                   acoustic monitoring to acoustically                     above, or to reducing the severity of
                                                                                                           harassment takes only).                               behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age,
                                                   ‘‘clear’’ the relevant 120 or 160-dB                                                                          calving, breeding, or feeding areas).
                                                   disturbance zone. A specifically trained                   • Avoidance or minimization of
                                                                                                                                                                    • Individual responses to acute
                                                   Passive Acoustic Monitoring (PAM)                       adverse effects to marine mammal
                                                                                                                                                                 stressors, or impacts of chronic
                                                   operator will deploy the hydrophone                     habitat, paying special attention to the
                                                                                                                                                                 exposures (behavioral or physiological).
                                                   and listen for vocalizations of marine                  food base, activities that block or limit
                                                                                                                                                                    • How anticipated responses to
                                                   mammals. If no vocalizations are                        passage to or from biologically
                                                                                                                                                                 stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
                                                   detected in 30 minutes of listening, the                important areas, permanent destruction
                                                                                                                                                                 fitness and survival of an individual; or
                                                   area can be considered clear and                        of habitat, or temporary destruction/
                                                                                                                                                                 (2) Population, species, or stock.
                                                   operations can ramp up.                                 disturbance of habitat during a
                                                                                                                                                                    • Effects on marine mammal habitat
                                                                                                           biologically important time.
                                                   Mitigation Conclusions                                                                                        and resultant impacts to marine
                                                                                                              • For monitoring directly related to               mammals.
                                                     NMFS has carefully evaluated                          mitigation—an increase in the                            • Mitigation and monitoring
                                                   EMALL’s mitigation measures and                         probability of detecting marine                       effectiveness.
                                                   considered additional measures in the                   mammals, thus allowing for more                          EMALL submitted a marine mammal
                                                   context of ensuring that we prescribe                   effective implementation of the                       monitoring plan as part of the IHA
                                                   the means of effecting the least                        mitigation.                                           application. It can be found in
                                                   practicable impact on the affected                         Based on the evaluation of EMALL’s                 Appendix A. The plan may be modified
                                                   marine mammal species and stocks and                    measures, as well as other measures                   or supplemented based on comments or
                                                   their habitat. Our evaluation of potential              required by NMFS, NMFS has                            new information received from the
                                                   measures included consideration of the                  determined that the mitigation measures               public during the public comment
                                                   following factors in relation to one                    provide the means of effecting the least              period.
                                                   another:                                                practicable impact on marine mammal
                                                     • The manner in which, and the                        species or stocks and their habitat,                  Weekly Field Reports
                                                   degree to which, the successful                         paying particular attention to rookeries,               Weekly reports will be submitted to
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   implementation of the measure is                        mating grounds, and areas of similar                  NMFS no later than the close of
                                                   expected to minimize adverse impacts                    significance. Measures to ensure                      business (Alaska Time) each Thursday
                                                   to marine mammals;                                      availability of such species or stock for             during the weeks when in-water G&G
                                                     • The proven or likely efficacy of the                taking for certain subsistence uses are               activities take place. The reports will
                                                   specific measure to minimize adverse                    discussed later in this document (see                 cover information collected from
                                                   impacts as planned; and                                 ‘‘Impact on Availability of Affected                  Wednesday of the previous week
                                                     • The practicability of the measure                   Species or Stock for Taking for                       through Tuesday of the current week.
                                                   for applicant implementation.                           Subsistence Uses’’ section).                          The field reports will summarize


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6394                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   species detected, in-water activity                     the report shall confirm the                          Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators
                                                   occurring at the time of the sighting,                  implementation of each Term and                       at NMFS. The report would include the
                                                   behavioral reactions to in-water                        Condition, as well as any conservation                following information:
                                                   activities, and the number of marine                    recommendations, and describe their                      • Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                                   mammals exposed to harassment level                     effectiveness, for minimizing the                     longitude) of the incident;
                                                   noise. The weekly reports will also                     adverse effects of the action on ESA-                    • Name and type of vessel involved;
                                                   contain information about which km2                     listed marine mammals.                                   • Vessel’s speed during and leading
                                                   grid cells that EMALL has operated in                                                                         up to the incident;
                                                   that week, along with the corresponding                 90-Day Technical Report                                  • Description of the incident;
                                                   densities from the Goetz et al. 2012                       A report will be submitted to NMFS                    • Status of all sound source use in the
                                                   model to indicate how many belugas                      within 90 days after the end of the                   24 hours preceding the incident;
                                                   may have been taken by these                            project or at least 60 days before the                   • Water depth;
                                                   operations. The weekly report will also                 request for another IHA for the next                     • Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                                   include the number of belugas that may                  open water season to enable NMFS to                   wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                                   have been taken from previous weeks to                  incorporate observation data into the                 state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                                   track when EMALL is approaching their                   next Authorization. The report will                      • Description of all marine mammal
                                                   cap of 34 belugas.                                      summarize all activities and monitoring               observations in the 24 hours preceding
                                                                                                           results (i.e., vessel-based visual                    the incident;
                                                   Monthly Field Reports
                                                                                                           monitoring) conducted during in-water                    • Species identification or
                                                      Monthly reports will be submitted to                 G&G surveys. The Technical Report will                description of the animal(s) involved;
                                                   NMFS for all months during which in-                    include the following:                                   • Fate of the animal(s); and
                                                   water G&G activities take place. The                       • Summaries of monitoring effort                      • Photographs or video footage of the
                                                   reports will be submitted to NMFS no                    (e.g., total hours, total distances, and              animal(s) (if equipment is available).
                                                   later than five business days after the                 marine mammal distribution through                       Activities would not resume until
                                                   end of the month. The monthly report                    the study period, accounting for sea                  NMFS is able to review the
                                                   will contain and summarize the                          state and other factors affecting                     circumstances of the event. EMALL
                                                   following information:                                  visibility and detectability of marine                would work with NMFS to minimize
                                                      • Dates, times, locations, heading,                  mammals).                                             reoccurrence of such an event in the
                                                   speed, weather, sea conditions                             • Analyses of the effects of various               future. The G&G Program would not
                                                   (including Beaufort Sea state and wind                  factors influencing detectability of                  resume activities until formally notified
                                                   force), and associated activities during                marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number               by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
                                                   the G&G Program and marine mammal                       of observers, and fog/glare).                            In the event that the G&G Program
                                                   sightings.                                                 • Species composition, occurrence,                 discovers an injured or dead marine
                                                      • Species, number, location, distance                and distribution of marine mammal                     mammal, and the lead PSO determines
                                                   from the vessel, and behavior of any                    sightings, including date, water depth,               that the cause of the injury or death is
                                                   sighted marine mammals, as well as                      numbers, age/size/gender categories (if               unknown and the death is relatively
                                                   associated G&G activity (number of shut                 determinable), group sizes, and ice                   recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state
                                                   downs), observed throughout all                         cover.                                                of decomposition as described in the
                                                   monitoring activities.                                     • Analyses of the effects of survey                next paragraph), the Applicant would
                                                      • An estimate of the number (by                      operations.                                           immediately report the incident to the
                                                   species) of: (i) Pinnipeds that have been                  • Sighting rates of marine mammals                 Chief of the Permits and Conservation
                                                   exposed to the authorized geophysical                   during periods with and without G&G                   Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                   or geotechnical activity (based on visual               survey activities (and other variables                NMFS, and the NMFS Alaska Stranding
                                                   observation) at received levels greater                 that could affect detectability), such as:            Hotline and/or by email to the Alaska
                                                   than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)                  (i) Initial sighting distances versus                 Regional Stranding Coordinators. The
                                                   and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a                     survey activity state; (ii) closest point of          report would include the same
                                                   discussion of any specific behaviors                    approach versus survey activity state;                information identified in the paragraph
                                                   those individuals exhibited; and (ii)                   (iii) observed behaviors and types of                 above. Activities would be able to
                                                   cetaceans that have been exposed to the                 movements versus survey activity state;               continue while NMFS reviews the
                                                   geophysical activity (based on visual                   (iv) numbers of sightings/individuals                 circumstances of the incident. NMFS
                                                   observation) at received levels greater                 seen versus survey activity state; (v)                would work with the Applicant to
                                                   than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)                  distribution around the source vessels                determine if modifications in the
                                                   and/or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a                     versus survey activity state; and (vi)                activities are appropriate.
                                                   discussion of any specific behaviors                    estimates of Level B harassment based                    In the event that the G&G Program
                                                   those individuals exhibited.                            on presence in the 120 or 160 dB                      discovers an injured or dead marine
                                                      • An estimate of the number (by                      harassment zone.                                      mammal, and the lead PSO determines
                                                   species) of pinnipeds and cetaceans that                                                                      that the injury or death is not associated
                                                   have been exposed to the geotechnical                   Notification of Injured or Dead Marine                with or related to the activities
                                                   activity (based on visual observation) at               Mammals                                               authorized in the IHA (e.g., previously
                                                   received levels greater than or equal to                  In the unanticipated event that the                 wounded animal, carcass with moderate
                                                   120 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a discussion                 specified activity leads to an injury of a            to advanced decomposition, or
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   of any specific behaviors those                         marine mammal (Level A harassment)                    scavenger damage), EMALL would
                                                   individuals exhibited.                                  or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear                 report the incident to the Chief of the
                                                      • A description of the                               interaction, and/or entanglement),                    Permits and Conservation Division,
                                                   implementation and effectiveness of the:                EMALL would immediately cease the                     Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
                                                   (i) Terms and conditions of the                         specified activities and immediately                  and the NMFS Alaska Stranding Hotline
                                                   Biological Opinion’s Incidental Take                    report the incident to the Chief of the               and/or by email to the Alaska Regional
                                                   Statement; and (ii) mitigation measures                 Permits and Conservation Division,                    Stranding Coordinators, within 24 hours
                                                   of the IHA. For the Biological Opinion,                 Office of Protected Resources, and the                of the discovery. EMALL would provide


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                                                               6395

                                                   photographs or video footage (if                                            mammal or marine mammal stock in the                                       bottom profiler have the potential to
                                                   available) or other documentation of the                                    wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has                                     result in the behavioral disturbance of
                                                   stranded animal sighting to NMFS and                                        the potential to disturb a marine                                          some marine mammals. NMFS believes
                                                   the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.                                        mammal or marine mammal stock in the                                       that take from the operation of the
                                                                                                                               wild by causing disruption of behavioral                                   vibracore is unlikely but possible and is
                                                   Estimated Take by Incidental
                                                                                                                               patterns, including, but not limited to,                                   issuing take at the request of the
                                                   Harassment
                                                                                                                               migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,                                   applicant. Thus, NMFS proposes to
                                                     Except with respect to certain                                            feeding, or sheltering [Level B                                            authorize take by Level B harassment
                                                   activities not pertinent here, the MMPA                                     harassment].                                                               resulting from the operation of the
                                                   defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of                                         Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased                                        sound sources for the proposed survey
                                                   pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)                                    underwater sound) generated during the                                     based upon the current acoustic
                                                   has the potential to injure a marine                                        operation of the airgun or the sub-                                        exposure criteria shown in Table 3.

                                                                                                            TABLE 3—NMFS’ CURRENT ACOUSTIC EXPOSURE CRITERIA
                                                                                 Criterion                                                             Criterion definition                                                    Threshold

                                                   Level A Harassment (Injury) ..............................                    Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS) (Any level                               180 dB re 1 microPa-m (cetaceans)/190 dB re
                                                                                                                                   above that which is known to cause TTS).                                 1 microPa-m (pinnipeds) root mean square
                                                                                                                                                                                                            (rms).
                                                   Level B Harassment ..........................................                 Behavioral Disruption (for impulse noises) ......                        160 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms).
                                                                                                                                 Behavioral Disruption (for continuous noises)                            120 dB re 1 microPa-m (rms).



                                                     NMFS’ practice is to apply the 120 or                                     that figure by the number of days each                                     Ensonified Area
                                                   160 dB re: 1 mPa received level                                             sound source is estimated to be in use.
                                                   threshold (whichever is appropriate) for                                    The chirp is always used                                                      The ZOI is the area ensonified by a
                                                   underwater impulse sound levels to                                          simultaneously with either the boomer                                      particular sound source greater than
                                                   determine whether take by Level B                                           or the airgun and therefore was removed                                    threshold levels (120 dB for continuous
                                                   harassment is likely to occur.                                              from calculation because they will be                                      and 160 dB for impulsive). The radius
                                                     All four types of survey equipment                                        operating concurrently, using the daily                                    of the ZOI for airguns was determined
                                                   addressed in the application will be                                        ensonified area of the boomer or airgun,                                   by applying the source sound pressure
                                                   operated from the geophysical source                                                                                                                   levels described in Table 6 of the
                                                                                                                               as it is a slightly larger isopleth. The
                                                   vessels that will either be moving                                                                                                                     application to Collins et al.’s (2007)
                                                                                                                               exposure estimates for each activity
                                                   steadily across the ocean surface                                                                                                                      attenuation model of 18.4 Log(r)—
                                                   (chirper, boomer, airgun), or from                                          were then summed to provide total
                                                                                                                               exposures for the duration of the                                          0.00188 derived from Cook Inlet. For the
                                                   station to station (airgun, vibracoring).                                                                                                              boomer and vibracore, which are less
                                                   The numbers of marine mammals that                                          project. The exposure estimates for the
                                                                                                                               activity are detailed below. Although                                      studied sound sources, the geometric
                                                   might be exposed to sound pressure                                                                                                                     spreading model of 15 Log(r) was used.
                                                   levels exceeding NMFS Level B                                               NMFS believes that take of marine
                                                                                                                               mammals from vibracore is extremely                                        For those equipment generating loud
                                                   harassment threshold levels due to G&G
                                                                                                                               unlikely, it has been included in this                                     underwater sound within the audible
                                                   surveys, without mitigation, were
                                                   determined by multiplying the average                                       authorization out of an abundance of                                       hearing range of marine mammals (<200
                                                   raw density for each species by the daily                                   caution and at the request of the                                          kHz), the distance to threshold ranges
                                                   ensonified area, and then multiplying                                       applicant.                                                                 between 44 m and 1 km (Table 4).

                                                                                  TABLE 4—SUMMARY OF DISTANCES TO THE NMFS THRESHOLDS AND ASSOCIATED ZOIS
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Distance to 160/120 dB        160/120 dB ZOI
                                                                                                             Survey equipment                                                                                  isopleth 1                  km2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Km2

                                                   Sub-bottom Profiler (Chirp) ..........................................................................................................                        0.631(160    dB)             127 (160    dB)
                                                   Sub-bottom Profiler (Boomer) ......................................................................................................                           1.00 (160    dB)              203(160    dB)
                                                   Airgun ...........................................................................................................................................              0.3 (160   dB)               60 (160   dB)
                                                   Vibracore ......................................................................................................................................             20.57 (120    dB)          1328.61 (120   dB)
                                                      1 Calculated        by applying Collins et al. (2007) spreading formula or geometrical spreading to source levels in Table 2.


                                                   Marine Mammal Densities                                                     Harbor Porpoise, Killer Whale, Harbor                                      et al. 2012) and compiled by Apache,
                                                                                                                               Seal                                                                       Inc. (Apache IHA application 2014). To
                                                     Density estimates were derived for                                                                                                                   estimate the average raw densities of
                                                   harbor porpoises, killer whales, and                                           Density estimates were calculated for
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                                                                                                                                                                          marine mammals, the total number of
                                                   harbor seals from NMFS 2002–2012                                            all marine mammals (except beluga                                          animals for each species observed over
                                                   Cook Inlet survey data as described                                         whales) by using aerial survey data                                        the 11-year survey period was divided
                                                   below in Section 6.1.2.1 and shown in                                       collected by NMFS in Cook Inlet                                            by the total area of 65,889 km2 (25,540
                                                   Table 8. The beluga whale densities                                         between 2002 and 2012 (Rugh et al.                                         mi2) surveyed over the 11 years. The
                                                   were extracted from Goetz et al. (2012)                                     2002, 2003, 2004a, 2004b, 2005a, 2005b,                                    aerial survey marine mammal sightings,
                                                   as described in Section 6.1.2.2 of the                                      2005c, 2006, 2007; Shelden et al. 2008,                                    survey effort (area), and derived average
                                                   application.                                                                2009, 2010; Hobbs et al. 2011, Shelden                                     raw densities are provided in Table 5.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:43 Feb 04, 2016          Jkt 238001       PO 00000        Frm 00021        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM        05FEN3


                                                   6396                                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                              TABLE 5—RAW DENSITY ESTIMATES FOR COOK INLET MARINE MAMMALS BASED ON NMFS AERIAL SURVEYS
                                                                                                                                                                                                              NMFS              Mean raw density
                                                                                                                                                                                      Number of                                   animals/km2
                                                                                                           Species                                                                                          survey area
                                                                                                                                                                                       animals               km2 (mi2)           (animals/mi2)

                                                   Harbor Porpoise .........................................................................................................                       249      65,889 (25,440)         0.0033 (0.0098)
                                                   Killer Whale 1 .............................................................................................................                     42      65,889 (25,440)         0.0008 (0.0017)
                                                   Harbor Seal ................................................................................................................                 16,117      65,889 (25,440)            0.28 (0.6335)
                                                      1 Density     is for all killer whales regardless of the stock although all killer whales in the upper Cook Inlet are thought to be transient.


                                                     These raw densities were not                                            the most comprehensive available for                                beluga whales during the summer
                                                   corrected for animals missed during the                                   Cook Inlet harbor seals and therefore                               months. To develop a density estimate
                                                   aerial surveys as no accurate correction                                  constitute the best available science.                              associated with planned action areas
                                                   factors are currently available for these                                                                                                     (i.e., Marine Terminal and pipeline
                                                                                                                             Beluga Whale
                                                   species; however, observer error may be                                                                                                       survey areas), the ensonified area
                                                   limited as the NMFS surveyors often                                         Goetz et al. (2012) modeled aerial                                associated with each activity was
                                                   circled marine mammal groups to get an                                    survey data collected by the NMFS                                   overlain a map of the 1-km density cells,
                                                   accurate count of group size. The harbor                                  between 1993 and 2008 and developed                                 the cells falling within each ensonified
                                                   seal densities are probably biased                                        specific beluga summer densities for                                area were quantified, and an average
                                                   upwards given that a large number of                                      each 1-km2 cell of Cook Inlet. The                                  cell density was calculated. The
                                                   the animals recorded were of large                                        results provide a more precise estimate                             summary of the density results is found
                                                   groups hauled out at river mouths, and                                    of beluga density at a given location                               in Table 9 in the application. The
                                                   do not represent the distribution in the                                  than simply multiplying all aerial                                  associated ensonified areas and beluga
                                                   waters where the G&G activity will                                        observations by the total survey effort                             density contours relative to the action
                                                   actually occur. However, these data are                                   given the clumped distribution of                                   areas are shown in Table 6.

                                                   TABLE 6—MEAN RAW DENSITIES OF BELUGA WHALES WITHIN THE ACTION AREAS BASED ON GOETZ ET AL. (2012) COOK
                                                                                 INLET BELUGA WHALE DISTRIBUTION MODELING
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Mean density            Density range
                                                                                                        Action area                                                                Number of cells          (animals/km2)           (animals/km2)

                                                   Marine Facilities Area ................................................................................................                        141              0.00014      0.00002–0.00069
                                                   LNGC Approach Area ................................................................................................                             95               .00016      0.00003–0.00052
                                                   Pipeline Survey Area .................................................................................................                         880               0.0139      0.00028–0.15672



                                                   Activity Duration                                                         weeks (102 days) to complete. Table 7
                                                     The Cook Inlet 2015 G&G Program is                                      below outlines which technologies will
                                                   expected to require approximately 16                                      be used and for how many days.

                                                                                                 TABLE 7—ESTIMATED ACTIVITY DURATIONS FOR 2016 G&G PROGRAM
                                                                                                                                                      Survey area

                                                                                                                                                                               Marine             LNGC
                                                                                 Survey equipment                                                      Unit                                                         Pipeline             Total
                                                                                                                                                                              facilities         Approach

                                                   Sub-bottom profiler—boomer ..............................................                   Days    ...............                     28               14                 30                 72
                                                   Air gun .................................................................................   Days    ...............                     14                0                 16                 30
                                                   Subtotal ................................................................................   Days    ...............                     42               14                 46                102
                                                   Vibracore .............................................................................     Days    ...............                     30               10                 20                 60
                                                   Air gun (stationary) ..............................................................         Days    ...............                     24                0                  0                 24



                                                     In the 46 days of activity in the                                       Exposure Calculations                                               an overestimate of the number of
                                                   pipeline area, the chirp and boomer will                                    The numbers of marine mammals that                                individual marine mammals taken
                                                   operate concurrently for 30 days while                                    might be exposed to sound pressure                                  because it assumes that entirely new
                                                   the chirp and airgun will operate                                         levels exceeding NMFS Level B                                       individuals are taken on subsequent
                                                   concurrently for 16 days. In the 42 days                                  harassment threshold levels due to G&G                              days and that no animals are taken more
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   of activity in the Marine Facilities area,                                surveys, without mitigation, were                                   than once. The chirp and boomer
                                                   the chirp and boom will operate                                           determined by multiplying the average                               activities were combined to calculate
                                                   concurrently for 28 days and the chirp                                    raw density for each species by the daily                           exposure from days of activities in the
                                                   will operate concurrently with the                                        ensonified area, then multiplying by the                            Upper Cook Inlet area and the Lower
                                                   airgun for 14 days. In the 14 days of                                     number of days each sound source is                                 Cook Inlet area because they will be
                                                   operation in the LNGC approach area,                                      estimated to be in use. While this                                  operating concurrently. The exposure
                                                   the chirp and boom will operate                                           method produces a good estimate of the                              estimates for each activity were then
                                                   concurrently for all days.                                                number of instances of take, it is likely                           summed to provide total exposures for


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:43 Feb 04, 2016         Jkt 238001      PO 00000       Frm 00022       Fmt 4701      Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM    05FEN3


                                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                              6397

                                                   the duration of the project. The                              exposure estimates for the activity are
                                                                                                                 detailed below.

                                                                           TABLE 8—EXPOSURE ESTIMATES FOR ACTIVITY IN INSTANCES, NOT NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS
                                                                                                        [Also not accounting for management of total beluga takes]

                                                                                                Boomer                                                    Airgun
                                                                                                                                                                                       Stationary
                                                    Total exposures                                                                                                                                     Total
                                                                               Marine                                                  Marine                                            airgun
                                                                                                 LNGC                Pipeline                             LNGC            Pipeline
                                                                              facilities                                              facilities

                                                   Harbor porpoise                 18.71                  9.36            20.05               2.78              0.00            3.17          0.02          54.09
                                                   Harbor seal ......            1606.15                803.08          1720.88             238.32              0.00          272.36          1.92       4642.81
                                                   Killer whale .......             4.66                  2.33             5.00               0.69              0.00            0.79          0.01          13.48
                                                   Beluga ..............            0.80                  0.46            80.38               0.12              0.00           12.72          0.00        1 94.48


                                                     * Vibracore totals are not proposed to be authorized because NMFS has determined take due to vibracoring is unlikely to occur.
                                                     1 This calculation of beluga takes is from the ensonified area and densities of those areas, and does not incorporate mitigation. NMFS will re-
                                                   quire a cap of 34 takes on the activity and would not authorize this number of takes.


                                                     NMFS recognizes that in addition to                         NMFS believes implementation of the                   factors contributing to the lack of
                                                   what was mentioned above, there are                           mitigation and monitoring measures                    recovery remain unknown, NMFS
                                                   other factors that contribute to an                           mentioned in the above section, in                    proposes to limit the number of Level B
                                                   overestimate of exposures e.g., the fact                      combination with the short duration of                takes of Cook Inlet beluga to 34, or 10
                                                   that many of these technologies will be                       the sound, will not result in take by                 percent of the population. This cap can
                                                   operating simultaneously, and not                             Level B harassment.                                   be implemented in a method similar to
                                                   exposing animals in separate instances                           The possibility of Level A exposure                that used in SAE’s 2015 IHA or the
                                                   for the duration of the survey period.                        was analyzed, however the distances to                Apache proposed rulemaking.
                                                   Additionally, the beamwidth and tilt                          180 dB/190 dB isopleths are incredibly
                                                   angle of the sub-bottom profiler are not                      small, ranging from 3 to 47 meters. The                  In order to estimate when 34
                                                   factored into the characterization of the                     number of exposures, without                          individuals is reached, EMALL will use
                                                   sound field, making it conservative and                       accounting for mitigation or likely                   a formula based on the total potential
                                                   large, creating additional overestimates                      avoidance of louder sounds, is small for              area of each survey project zone
                                                   in take estimation.                                           these zones, and with mitigation and the              (including the 160 dB buffer) and the
                                                     NMFS calculated the exposures from                          likelihood of detecting marine mammals                average density of beluga whales for
                                                   vibracore and found they would                                within this small area combined with                  each zone. Daily take is calculated as
                                                   increase take by 580 percent and                              the likelihood of avoidance, it is likely             the product of the daily ensonified area
                                                   recognizes that the take calculated for                       these takes can be avoided. The only                  times the beluga density in that area, as
                                                   vibracore is high when compared to take                       technology that would not shutdown is                 extracted from the Goetz et al 2012
                                                   calculated from other portions of the                         the vibracore, which has a distance to                model. Then daily take is summed
                                                   activity. It is unlikely that many                            Level A isopleth (180 dB) of 3 meters.                across all the days of the survey until
                                                   instances of take will occur from an                          Therefore, authorization of Level A take              the survey approaches 34 takes.
                                                   activity with a source level of 187.4 dB                      is not necessary.
                                                   for a duration of 60–90 seconds. This is                         NMFS recognizes that the calculations                 EMALL will limit surveying in the
                                                   largely attributed to the size of the                         of take by Level B harassment of beluga               seismic survey area as not to exceed a
                                                   isopleth (20 km) due to the use of                            whales for the entire activity is higher              maximum of 34 beluga takes during the
                                                   geometrical spreading to model the ZOI.                       than NMFS would issue for an                          open water season. In order to ensure
                                                   The vibracore produces noise of a much                        endangered population that is not                     that EMALL does not exceed 34 beluga
                                                   shorter duration than those sources used                      recovering despite the moratorium on                  whale takes, the following equation is
                                                   to determine the 120dB threshold,.                            subsistence hunting. Given that the                   being used:




                                                     This formula also allows EMALL to                             Operations are required to cease once               ZOI before the calculation reaches 34
                                                   have flexibility to prioritize survey                         EMALL has conducted seismic data                      belugas, EMALL is also required to
                                                   locations in response to local weather,                       acquisition in an area where                          cease survey activity.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   ice, and operational constraints. EMALL                       multiplying the applicable density by                   NMFS proposes to authorize the
                                                   may choose to survey portions of a zone                       the total ensonified area out to the 160-
                                                                                                                                                                       following takes by Level B harassment:
                                                   or a zone in its entirety, and the analysis                   dB isopleth equaled 34 beluga whales,
                                                   in this Authorization takes this into                         using the equation provided above. If 34
                                                   account.                                                      belugas are visually observed within the
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    EN05FE16.003</GPH>




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001    PO 00000    Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6398                                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                                                                                         TABLE 9—PROPOSED TAKE AUTHORIZATION
                                                                                                                                                           Exposure              Take             Percent of stock
                                                                                              Species                                                                                                                            Population trend
                                                                                                                                                           estimate            authorized          or population

                                                   Beluga .............................................................................................            94.48                 34    10 ...........................   Decreasing.
                                                   Killer whale ......................................................................................             13.48                 13    3.77 transient .........         Transient—Stable.
                                                   Harbor seal ......................................................................................           4,642.81              4,643    20.27 ......................     Stable.
                                                   Harbor porpoise ..............................................................................                  54.09                 54    0.17 ........................    No reliable info.



                                                   Analysis and Preliminary                                                     • The status of stock or species of                         possible to food sources of marine
                                                   Determinations                                                            marine mammals (i.e., depleted, not                            mammals, the impacts are anticipated to
                                                                                                                             depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable,                      be minor enough as to not affect annual
                                                   Negligible Impact
                                                                                                                             impact relative to the size of the                             rates of recruitment or survival of
                                                      Negligible impact is ‘‘an impact                                       population);                                                   marine mammals in the area. Based on
                                                   resulting from the specified activity that                                   • Impacts on habitat affecting rates of                     the size of Cook Inlet where feeding by
                                                   cannot be reasonably expected to, and is                                  recruitment/survival; and                                      marine mammals occurs versus the
                                                   not reasonably likely to, adversely affect                                   • The effectiveness of monitoring and                       localized area of the marine survey
                                                   the species or stock through effects on                                   mitigation measures to reduce the                              activities, any missed feeding
                                                   annual rates of recruitment or survival’’                                 number or severity of incidental take.                         opportunities in the direct project area
                                                   (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of likely                                         As discussed in the Potential Effects                       would be minor based on the fact that
                                                   adverse effects on annual rates of                                        section, temporary or permanent                                other feeding areas exist elsewhere.
                                                   recruitment or survival (i.e., population                                 threshold shift, non-auditory physical or                         Taking into account the mitigation
                                                   level effects) forms the basis of a                                       physiological effects, ship strike,                            measures that are planned, effects on
                                                   negligible impact finding. Thus, an                                       entanglement are not expected to occur.                        cetaceans are generally expected to be
                                                   estimate of the number of takes, alone,                                   Given the required mitigation and                              restricted to avoidance of a limited area
                                                   is not enough information on which to                                     related monitoring, no injuries or                             around the survey operation and short-
                                                   base an impact determination. In                                          mortalities are anticipated to occur to                        term changes in behavior, falling within
                                                   addition to considering estimates of the                                  any species as a result of EMALL’s                             the MMPA definition of ‘‘Level B
                                                   number of marine mammals that might                                       proposed survey in Cook Inlet, and none                        harassment.’’ Shut-downs are required
                                                   be ‘‘taken’’ through behavioral                                           are authorized. Animals in the area are                        for belugas and groups of killer whales
                                                   harassment, NMFS must consider other                                      not expected to incur hearing                                  or harbor porpoises when they approach
                                                   factors, such as the likely nature of any                                 impairment (i.e., TTS or PTS) or non-                          the 160dB disturbance zone, to further
                                                   responses (their intensity, duration,                                     auditory physiological effects due to                          reduce potential impacts to these
                                                   etc.), the context of any responses                                       low source levels and the fact that most                       populations. Visual observation by
                                                   (critical reproductive time or location,                                  marine mammals would more likely                               trained PSOs is also implemented to
                                                   migration, etc.), as well as the number                                   avoid a loud sound source rather than                          reduce the impact of the proposed
                                                   and nature of estimated Level A                                           swim in such close proximity as to                             activity by informing operators of
                                                   harassment takes, the number of                                           result in TTS or PTS. The most likely                          marine mammals approaching the
                                                   estimated mortalities, effects on habitat,                                effect from the proposed action is                             relevant disturbance or injury zones.
                                                   and the status of the species.                                            localized, short-term behavioral                               Animals are not expected to
                                                      To avoid repetition, except where                                      disturbance from active acoustic                               permanently abandon any area that is
                                                   otherwise identified, the discussion of                                   sources. The number of takes that are                          surveyed, and any behaviors that are
                                                   our analyses applies to all the species                                   anticipated and authorized are expected                        interrupted during the activity are
                                                   listed in Table 8, given that the                                         to be limited to short-term Level B                            expected to resume once the activity
                                                   anticipated effects of this project on                                    behavioral harassment for all stocks for                       ceases. Only a small portion of marine
                                                   marine mammals are expected to be                                         which take is authorized. This is largely                      mammal habitat will be affected at any
                                                   relatively similar in nature. Where there                                 due to the short time scale of the                             time, and other areas within Cook Inlet
                                                   is information about specific impacts to,                                 proposed activity, the low source levels                       will be available for necessary biological
                                                   or about the size, status, or structure of,                               for many of the technologies proposed                          functions.
                                                   any species or stock that would lead to                                   to be used, as well as the required                               Odontocete (including Cook Inlet
                                                   a different analysis for this activity,                                   mitigation. The technologies do not                            beluga whales, killer whales, and harbor
                                                   species-specific factors are identified                                   operate continuously over a 24-hour                            porpoises) reactions to seismic energy
                                                   and analyzed.                                                             period. Rather, airguns are operational                        pulses are usually assumed to be limited
                                                                                                                             for a few hours at a time for 30 days,                         to shorter distances from the airgun(s)
                                                      In making a negligible impact
                                                                                                                             with the sub-bottom profiler boomer                            than are those of mysticetes, in part
                                                   determination, NMFS considers:
                                                                                                                             operating for 72 days, and the vibracore                       because odontocete low-frequency
                                                      • The number of anticipated injuries,                                  operating over 60 days.                                        hearing is assumed to be less sensitive
                                                   serious injuries, or mortalities;                                            The addition of five vessels, and noise                     than that of mysticetes. This
                                                      • The number, nature, and intensity,                                   due to vessel operations associated with                       information supports the idea that the
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   and duration of Level B harassment; and                                   the survey, would not be outside the                           numerated takes for odonotocetes are
                                                      • The context in which the takes                                       present experience of marine mammals                           likely on the lower end of severity in the
                                                   occur (e.g., impacts to areas of                                          in Cook Inlet, although levels may                             terms of responses that rise to the level
                                                   significance, impacts to local                                            increase locally. Potential impacts to                         of a take.
                                                   populations, and cumulative impacts                                       marine mammal habitat were discussed
                                                   when taking into account successive/                                      previously in this document (see the                           Beluga Whales
                                                   contemporaneous actions when added                                        ‘‘Anticipated Effects on Habitat’’                               Cook Inlet beluga whales are listed as
                                                   to baseline data);                                                        section). Although some disturbance is                         endangered under the ESA. This stock


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:43 Feb 04, 2016         Jkt 238001      PO 00000        Frm 00024       Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM    05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                            6399

                                                   is also considered depleted under the                   Killer Whales                                         harbor seal population. Additionally,
                                                   MMPA. The estimated annual rate of                         The authorization of take by Level B               the short duration of the survey, and the
                                                   decline for Cook Inlet beluga whales                    harassment of 13 killer whales                        use of visual observers to inform
                                                   was 0.6 percent between 2002 and 2012.                  represents only 3.77 percent of the                   shutdowns and ramp up delays should
                                                   The authorization of take by Level B                    population. Killer whales are not                     further reduce the severity of behavioral
                                                   harassment of 34 Cook Inlet beluga                                                                            reactions to Cook Inlet harbor seals.
                                                                                                           encountered as frequently in Cook Inlet
                                                   whales represents 10 percent of the                                                                           Therefore, the exposure of pinnipeds to
                                                                                                           as some of the other species in this
                                                   population.                                                                                                   sounds produced by this phase of
                                                                                                           analysis, however when sighted they are
                                                      Belugas in the Canadian Beaufort Sea                                                                       EMALL’s proposed survey is not
                                                   in summer appear to be fairly                           usually in groups. The addition of a
                                                                                                                                                                 anticipated to have an effect on annual
                                                   responsive to seismic energy, with few                  mitigation measure to shutdown if a
                                                                                                                                                                 rates of recruitment or survival on those
                                                   being sighted within 10–20 km (6–12                     group of 5 or more killer whales is seen
                                                                                                                                                                 species or stocks.
                                                   mi) of seismic vessels during aerial                    approaching the 160 dB zone is                           Based on the analysis contained
                                                   surveys (Miller et al., 2005). However,                 intended to minimize any impact to an                 herein of the likely effects of the
                                                   as noted above, Cook Inlet belugas are                  aggregation of killer whales if                       specified activity on marine mammals
                                                   more accustomed to anthropogenic                        encountered. The killer whales in the                 and their habitat, and taking into
                                                   sound than beluga whales in the                         survey area are also thought to be                    consideration the implementation of the
                                                   Beaufort Sea. Therefore, the results from               transient killer whales and therefore                 required monitoring and mitigation
                                                   the Beaufort Sea surveys are not                        rely on the habitat in the EMALL survey               measures, NMFS finds that the total
                                                   necessarily applicable to potential                     area less than other resident species.                annual marine mammal take from
                                                   reactions of Cook Inlet beluga whales.                  Harbor Porpoise                                       EMALL’s proposed survey will have a
                                                   Also, due to the dispersed distribution                                                                       negligible impact on the affected marine
                                                   of beluga whales in Cook Inlet during                      The authorization of take by Level B               mammal species or stocks (see Table 8).
                                                   winter and the concentration of beluga                  harassment for 54 harbor porpoises                       Although NMFS believes it is unlikely
                                                   whales in upper Cook Inlet from late                    represents only 0.17 percent of the                   the operation of the vibracore would
                                                   April through early fall, belugas would                 population. Harbor porpoises are among                result in the take of marine mammals
                                                   likely occur in small numbers in the                    the most sensitive marine mammal                      and does not propose to authorize take
                                                   majority of EMALL’s proposed survey                     species with regard to behavioral                     by vibracore in the Federal Register, the
                                                   area during the majority of EMALL’s                     response and anthropogenic noise. They                analysis has been included in this
                                                   annual operational timeframe of March                   are known to exhibit behavioral                       document for public comment. The
                                                   through December. For the same reason,                  responses to operation of seismic                     vibracoring activity is proposed to occur
                                                   as well as the mitigation measure that                  airguns, pingers, and other technologies              at 60 locations across the Inlet from the
                                                   requires shutting down for belugas seen                 at low thresholds. However, they are                  Forelands, north to the upper end of
                                                   approaching the 160 dB disturbance                      abundant in Cook Inlet and therefore the              Cook Inlet. However, the actual noise-
                                                   zone, and the likelihood of avoidance at                authorized take is unlikely to affect                 producing activity will only occur for
                                                   high levels, it is unlikely that animals                recruitment or status of the population               only 90 seconds at a time, during which
                                                   would be exposed to received levels                     in any way. In addition, mitigation                   PSOs will be observing for marine
                                                   capable of causing injury.                              measures include shutdowns for groups                 mammals and passive acoustic
                                                      Given the large number of vessels in                 of more than 5 harbor porpoises that                  monitoring will be required during
                                                   Cook Inlet and the apparent habituation                 will minimize the amount of take to the               nighttime vibracoring. The limited
                                                   to vessels by Cook Inlet beluga whales                  local harbor porpoise population. This                scope and duration of vibracoring makes
                                                   and the other marine mammals that may                   mitigation as well as the short duration              it extremely unlikely that take by Level
                                                   occur in the area, vessel activity from                 and low source levels of the proposed                 B harassment would occur during the
                                                   the two source vessels, tug and jack-up                 activity will reduce the impact to the                vibracore portion of the operation.
                                                   rig and associated vessel noise is not                  harbor porpoises found in Cook Inlet.                 Nonetheless, we included the potential
                                                   expected to have effects that could                     Harbor Seal                                           take from vibracore in our analysis
                                                   cause significant or long-term                                                                                above.
                                                   consequences for individual marine                        The authorization of take by Level B
                                                   mammals or their populations, given                     harassment for 4,643 harbor seals                     Small Numbers Analysis
                                                   that vessels will operate for a maximum                 represents 20.27 percent of a stable                    The requested takes authorized
                                                   of 102 days.                                            population. Observations during other                 annually represent 10 percent of the
                                                      In addition, NMFS has seasonally                     anthropogenic activities in Cook Inlet                Cook Inlet beluga whale population of
                                                   restricted survey operations in the area                have reported large congregations of                  approximately 340 animals (Shelden et
                                                   known to be important for beluga whale                  harbor seals hauling out in upper Cook                al., 2015), 3.77 percent of the Gulf of
                                                   feeding, calving, or nursing. The                       Inlet. However, mitigation measures,                  Alaska, Aleutian Island and Bering Sea
                                                   primary location for these biological life              such as vessel speed, course alteration,              stock of killer whales (345 transients),
                                                   functions occurs in the Susitna Delta                   and visual monitoring, and time-area                  and 0.17 percent of the Gulf of Alaska
                                                   region of upper Cook Inlet. NMFS                        restrictions will be implemented to help              stock of approximately 31,046 harbor
                                                   required EMALL to implement a 16 km                     reduce impacts to the animals.                        porpoises. The take requests presented
                                                   (10 mi) seasonal exclusion from survey                  Additionally, this activity does not                  for harbor seals represent 20.27 percent
                                                   operations in this region from April 15–                encompass a large number of known                     of the Cook Inlet/Shelikof stock of
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   October 15. The highest concentrations                  harbor seal haulouts, particularly as this            approximately 22,900 animals. These
                                                   of belugas are typically found in this                  activity proposes operations traversing               take estimates represent small numbers
                                                   area from early May through September                   across the Inlet, as opposed to entirely              relative to the affected species or stock
                                                   each year. NMFS has incorporated a 2-                   nearshore activities. While some harbor               sizes as shown in Table 8.
                                                   week buffer on each end of this seasonal                seals will likely be exposed, the                       In addition to the quantitative
                                                   use timeframe to account for any                        required mitigation along with their                  methods used to estimate take, NMFS
                                                   anomalies in distribution and marine                    smaller aggregations in water than on                 also considered qualitative factors that
                                                   mammal usage.                                           shore should minimize impacts to the                  further support the ‘‘small numbers’’


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6400                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   determination, including: (1) The                       estimating the number of whales struck                seal populations in the area were
                                                   seasonal distribution and habitat use                   and lost during the hunts. In 1999, a                 increasing (28.6%) or remaining stable
                                                   patterns of Cook Inlet beluga whales,                   moratorium was enacted (Pub. L. 106–                  (71.4%). The specific hunting regions
                                                   which suggest that for much of the time                 31) prohibiting the subsistence take of               identified were Anchorage, Homer,
                                                   only a small portion of the population                  Cook Inlet beluga whales except through               Kenai, and Tyonek, and hunting
                                                   would be accessible to impacts from                     a cooperative agreement between NMFS                  generally peaks in March, September,
                                                   EMALL’s activity, as most animals are                   and the affected Alaska Native                        and November (Wolfe et al., 2009).
                                                   found in the Susitna Delta region of                    organizations. Since the Cook Inlet
                                                                                                                                                                 Potential Impacts on Availability for
                                                   Upper Cook Inlet from early May                         beluga whale harvest was regulated in
                                                                                                                                                                 Subsistence Uses
                                                   through September; (2) other cetacean                   1999 requiring cooperative agreements,
                                                   species are not common in the survey                    five beluga whales have been struck and                  Section 101(a)(5)(D) also requires
                                                   area; (3) the required mitigation                       harvested. Those beluga whales were                   NMFS to determine that the taking will
                                                   requirements, which provide spatio-                     harvested in 2001 (one animal), 2002                  not have an unmitigable adverse effect
                                                   temporal limitations that avoid impacts                 (one animal), 2003 (one animal), and                  on the availability of marine mammal
                                                   to large numbers of belugas feeding and                 2005 (two animals). The Native Village                species or stocks for subsistence use.
                                                   calving in the Susitna Delta; (4) the                   of Tyonek agreed not to hunt or request               NMFS has defined ‘‘unmitigable adverse
                                                   required monitoring requirements and                    a hunt in 2007, when no co-                           impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact
                                                   mitigation measures described earlier in                management agreement was to be signed                 resulting from the specified activity: (1)
                                                   this document for all marine mammal                     (NMFS, 2008a).                                        That is likely to reduce the availability
                                                   species that will reduce the amount of                     On October 15, 2008, NMFS                          of the species to a level insufficient for
                                                   takes; and (5) monitoring results from                  published a final rule that established               a harvest to meet subsistence needs by:
                                                   previous activities that indicated low                  long-term harvest limits on Cook Inlet                (i) Causing the marine mammals to
                                                   numbers of beluga whale sightings                       beluga whales that may be taken by                    abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii)
                                                   within the Level B disturbance                          Alaska Natives for subsistence purposes               Directly displacing subsistence users; or
                                                   exclusion zone and low levels of Level                  (73 FR 60976). That rule prohibits                    (iii) Placing physical barriers between
                                                   B harassment takes of other marine                      harvest for a 5-year interval period if the           the marine mammals and the
                                                   mammals. Therefore, NMFS determined                     average stock abundance of Cook Inlet                 subsistence hunters; and (2) That cannot
                                                   that the numbers of animals likely to be                beluga whales over the prior five-year                be sufficiently mitigated by other
                                                                                                           interval is below 350 whales. Harvest                 measures to increase the availability of
                                                   taken are small.
                                                                                                           levels for the current 5-year planning                marine mammals to allow subsistence
                                                   Impact on Availability of Affected                      interval (2013–2017) are zero because                 needs to be met.
                                                   Species for Taking for Subsistence Uses                 the average stock abundance for the                      The primary concern is the
                                                                                                           previous five-year period (2008–2012)                 disturbance of marine mammals through
                                                   Relevant Subsistence Uses
                                                                                                           was below 350 whales. Based on the                    the introduction of anthropogenic sound
                                                      The subsistence harvest of marine                    average abundance over the 2002–2007                  into the marine environment during the
                                                   mammals transcends the nutritional and                  period, no hunt occurred between 2008                 proposed survey. Marine mammals
                                                   economic values attributed to the                       and 2012 (NMFS, 2008a). The Cook                      could be behaviorally harassed and
                                                   animal and is an integral part of the                   Inlet Marine Mammal Council, which                    either become more difficult to hunt or
                                                   cultural identity of the region’s Alaska                managed the Alaska Native Subsistence                 temporarily abandon traditional hunting
                                                   Native communities. Inedible parts of                   fishery with NMFS, was disbanded by a                 grounds. However, the proposed survey
                                                   the whale provide Native artisans with                  unanimous vote of the Tribes’                         will not have any impacts to beluga
                                                   materials for cultural handicrafts, and                 representatives on June 20, 2012. At this             harvests as none currently occur in
                                                   the hunting itself perpetuates Native                   time, no harvest is expected in 2015 or,              Cook Inlet. Additionally, subsistence
                                                   traditions by transmitting traditional                  likely, in 2016.                                      harvests of other marine mammal
                                                   skills and knowledge to younger                            Data on the harvest of other marine                species are limited in Cook Inlet.
                                                   generations (NOAA, 2007).                               mammals in Cook Inlet are lacking.
                                                      The Cook Inlet beluga whale has                                                                            Plan of Cooperation or Measures To
                                                                                                           Some data are available on the
                                                   traditionally been hunted by Alaska                                                                           Minimize Impacts to Subsistence Hunts
                                                                                                           subsistence harvest of harbor seals,
                                                   Natives for subsistence purposes. For                   harbor porpoises, and killer whales in                   50 CFR 216.04(a)(12) requires IHA
                                                   several decades prior to the 1980s, the                 Alaska in the marine mammal stock                     applicants for activities that take place
                                                   Native Village of Tyonek residents were                 assessments. However, these numbers                   in Arctic waters to provide Plan of
                                                   the primary subsistence hunters of Cook                 are for the Gulf of Alaska including                  Cooperation or information that
                                                   Inlet beluga whales. During the 1980s                   Cook Inlet, and they are not indicative               identifies what measures have been
                                                   and 1990s, Alaska Natives from villages                 of the harvest in Cook Inlet.                         taken and/or will be taken to minimize
                                                   in the western, northwestern, and North                    There is a low level of subsistence                adverse effects on the availability of
                                                   Slope regions of Alaska either moved to                 hunting for harbor seals in Cook Inlet.               marine mammals for subsistence uses.
                                                   or visited the south central region and                 Seal hunting occurs opportunistically                 The entire upper Cook unit and a
                                                   participated in the yearly subsistence                  among Alaska Natives who may be                       portion of the lower Cook unit falls
                                                   harvest (Stanek, 1994). From 1994 to                    fishing or travelling in the upper Inlet              north of 60° N, or within the region
                                                   1998, NMFS estimated 65 whales per                      near the mouths of the Susitna River,                 NMFS has designated as an Arctic
                                                   year (range 21–123) were taken in this                  Beluga River, and Little Susitna. Some                subsistence use area. EMALL provided
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   harvest, including those successfully                   detailed information on the subsistence               detailed information in Section 8 of
                                                   taken for food and those struck and lost.               harvest of harbor seals is available from             their application regarding their plan to
                                                   NMFS concluded that this number was                     past studies conducted by the Alaska                  cooperate with local subsistence users
                                                   high enough to account for the                          Department of Fish & Game (Wolfe et                   and stakeholders regarding the potential
                                                   estimated 14 percent annual decline in                  al., 2009). In 2008, 33 harbor seals were             effects of their proposed activity. There
                                                   the population during this time (Hobbs                  taken for harvest in the Upper Kenai-                 are several villages in EMALL’s
                                                   et al., 2008). Actual mortality may have                Cook Inlet area. In the same study,                   proposed project area that have
                                                   been higher, given the difficulty of                    reports from hunters stated that harbor               traditionally hunted marine mammals,


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                            6401

                                                   primarily harbor seals. Tyonek is the                   Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis                   Permits and Conservation Division has
                                                   only tribal village in upper Cook Inlet                 and Determination                                     initiated consultation with NMFS’
                                                   with a tradition of hunting marine                         The project will not have any effect               Alaska Region Protected Resources
                                                   mammals, in this case harbor seals and                  on beluga whale harvests because no                   Division under section 7 of the ESA.
                                                   beluga whales. However, for either                      beluga harvest will take place in 2016.               This consultation will be concluded
                                                   species the annual recorded harvest                     Additionally, the proposed seismic                    prior to issuing any final authorization.
                                                   since the 1980s has averaged about one                  survey area is not an important native                National Environmental Policy Act
                                                   or fewer of either species (Fall et al.                 subsistence site for other subsistence
                                                   1984, Wolfe et al. 2009, SRBA and HC                    species of marine mammals thus, the                      NMFS has prepared a Draft
                                                   2011), and there is currently a                         number harvested is expected to be                    Environmental Assessment (EA) for the
                                                   moratorium on subsistence harvest of                    extremely low. The timing and location                take of marine mammals incidental to
                                                   belugas. Further, many of the seals that                of subsistence harvest of Cook Inlet                  issuance of IHAs for the proposed oil
                                                   are harvested are done incidentally to                  harbor seals may coincide with                        and gas activities in Cook Inlet. The
                                                   salmon fishing or moose hunting (Fall et                EMALL’s project, but because this                     Draft EA has been made available for
                                                   al. 1984, Merrill and Orpheim 2013),                    subsistence hunt is conducted                         public comment concurrently with this
                                                   often near the mouths of the Susitna                    opportunistically and at such a low                   proposed authorization (see ADDRESSES).
                                                   Delta rivers (Fall et al. 1984) north of                level (NMFS, 2013c), EMALL’s program                  NMFS will finalize the EA and either
                                                   EMALL’s proposed seismic survey area.                   is not expected to have an impact on the              conclude with a finding of no
                                                      Villages in lower Cook Inlet adjacent                subsistence use of harbor seals.                      significant impact (FONSI) or prepare
                                                   to EMALL’s proposed survey area                         Moreover, the proposed survey would                   an Environmental Impact Statement
                                                   (Kenai, Salamatof, and Nikiski) have                    result in only temporary disturbances.                prior to issuance of the final
                                                   either not traditionally hunted beluga                  Accordingly, the specified activity                   authorization (if issued).
                                                   whales, or at least not in recent years,                would not impact the availability of                  Proposed Authorization
                                                   and rarely do they harvest sea lions.                   these other marine mammal species for
                                                   These villages more commonly harvest                    subsistence uses.                                       As a result of these preliminary
                                                   harbor seals, with Kenai reporting an                      NMFS anticipates that any effects                  determinations, we propose to issue an
                                                   average of about 13 per year between                    from EMALL’s proposed survey on                       IHA to EMALL for taking marine
                                                   1992 and 2008 (Wolfe et al. 2009).                      marine mammals, especially harbor                     mammals incidental to a geophysical
                                                   According to Fall et al. (1984), many of                seals and Cook Inlet beluga whales,                   and geotechnical survey in Cook Inlet,
                                                   the seals harvested by hunters from                     which are or have been taken for                      Alaska, provided the previously
                                                   these villages were taken on the west                   subsistence uses, would be short-term,                mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and
                                                   side of the inlet during hunting                        site specific, and limited to                         reporting requirements are incorporated.
                                                   excursions for moose and black bears.                   inconsequential changes in behavior                   The proposed IHA language is provided
                                                                                                           and mild stress responses. NMFS does                  next.
                                                      Although marine mammals remain an
                                                                                                           not anticipate that the authorized taking               This section contains a draft of the
                                                   important subsistence resource in Cook
                                                                                                           of affected species or stocks will reduce             IHA itself. The wording contained in
                                                   Inlet, the number of animals annually
                                                                                                           the availability of the species to a level            this section is proposed for inclusion in
                                                   harvested is low, and are primarily
                                                                                                           insufficient for a harvest to meet                    the IHA (if issued).
                                                   harbor seals. Much of the harbor seal
                                                   harvest occurs incidental to other                      subsistence needs by: (1) Causing the                 Incidental Harassment Authorization
                                                   fishing and hunting activities, and at                  marine mammals to abandon or avoid
                                                                                                           hunting areas; (2) directly displacing                  Exxon Mobil Alaska LNG LLC
                                                   areas outside of the EMALL’s proposed
                                                                                                           subsistence users; or (3) placing                     (EMALL), 3201 C Street; Suite 506,
                                                   survey areas such as the Susitna Delta
                                                                                                           physical barriers between the marine                  Anchorage, Alaska 99501, is hereby
                                                   or the west side of lower Cook Inlet.
                                                                                                           mammals and the subsistence hunters;                  authorized under section 101(a)(5)(D) of
                                                   Also, EMALL is unlikely to conduct
                                                                                                           and that cannot be sufficiently mitigated             the Marine Mammal Protection Act
                                                   activity in the vicinity of any of the river
                                                                                                           by other measures to increase the                     (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)), to
                                                   mouths where large numbers of seals
                                                                                                           availability of marine mammals to allow               harass small numbers of marine
                                                   haul out.
                                                                                                           subsistence needs to be met. Based on                 mammals incidental to specified
                                                      EMALL and NMFS recognize the                                                                               activities associated with a marine
                                                   importance of ensuring that Alaska                      the description of the specified activity,
                                                                                                           the measures described to minimize                    geophysical and geotechnical survey in
                                                   Natives and federally recognized tribes                                                                       Cook Inlet, Alaska, contingent upon the
                                                   are informed, engaged, and involved                     adverse effects on the availability of
                                                                                                           marine mammals for subsistence                        following conditions:
                                                   during the permitting process and will                                                                          1. This Authorization is valid from
                                                   continue to work with the Alaska                        purposes, and the required mitigation
                                                                                                           and monitoring measures, NMFS has                     March 1, 2016, through December 31,
                                                   Natives and tribes to discuss operations                                                                      2016.
                                                   and activities.                                         determined that there will not be an
                                                                                                           unmitigable adverse impact on                           2. This Authorization is valid only for
                                                      Prior to offshore activities EMALL                   subsistence uses from EMALL’s                         EMALL’s activities associated with
                                                   will to consult with nearby                             proposed activities.                                  survey operations that shall occur
                                                   communities such as Tyonek,                                                                                   within the areas denoted as Marine
                                                   Salamatof, and the Kenaitze Indian                      Endangered Species Act                                Terminal Survey Area and Pipeline
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   Tribe to attend and present the program                    There is one marine mammal species                 Survey Area as depicted in the attached
                                                   description prior to operations within                  listed as endangered under the ESA                    Figure 1 of EMALL’s October 2015
                                                   those areas.                                            with confirmed or possible occurrence                 application to the National Marine
                                                      If a conflict does occur with project                in the proposed project area: The Cook                Fisheries Service.
                                                   activities involving subsistence or                     Inlet beluga whale. In addition, the                    3. Species Authorized and Level of
                                                   fishing, the project manager will                       proposed action could occur within 10                 Take
                                                   immediately contact the affected party                  miles of designated critical habitat for                (a) The incidental taking of marine
                                                   to resolve the conflict.                                the Cook Inlet beluga whale. NMFS’s                   mammals, by Level B harassment only,


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6402                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   is limited to the following species in the                 (a) Utilize a minimum of two NMFS-                 animal has moved beyond the EZ. If for
                                                   waters of Cook Inlet:                                   qualified PSOs per source vessel (one on              any reason the entire radius cannot be
                                                      (i) Odontocetes: see Table 1 (attached)              duty and one off-duty) to visually watch              seen for the entire 30 min (i.e., rough
                                                   for authorized species and take                         for and monitor marine mammals near                   seas, fog, darkness), or if marine
                                                   numbers.                                                the seismic source vessels during                     mammals are near, approaching, or in
                                                      (ii) Pinnipeds: see Table 1 (attached)               daytime operations (from nautical                     the EZ, the sound sources may not be
                                                   for authorized species and take                         twilight-dawn to nautical twilight-dusk)              started.
                                                   numbers.                                                and before and during start-ups of                       (e) Alter speed or course during
                                                      (iii) If any marine mammal species are               sound sources day or night. Two PSVOs                 survey operations if a marine mammal,
                                                   encountered during activities that are                  will be on each source vessel, and two                based on its position and relative
                                                   not listed in Table 1 (attached) for                    PSVOs will be on a support vessel to                  motion, appears likely to enter the
                                                   authorized taking and are likely to be                  observe the exclusion and disturbance                 relevant EZ. If speed or course alteration
                                                   exposed to sound pressure levels (SPLs)                 zones. PSVOs shall have access to                     is not safe or practicable, or if after
                                                   greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa                reticle binoculars (7x50) and long-range              alteration the marine mammal still
                                                   (rms) for impulsive sound of 120 dB re                  binoculars (40x80). PSVO shifts shall                 appears likely to enter the EZ, further
                                                   1mPa (rms), then the Holder of this                     last no longer than 4 hours at a time.                mitigation measures, such as a
                                                   Authorization must alter speed or                       PSVOs shall also make observations                    shutdown, shall be taken.
                                                   course or shut-down the sound source                    during daytime periods when the sound                    (f) Shutdown the sound source(s) if a
                                                   to avoid take.                                          sources are not operating for                         marine mammal is detected within,
                                                      (b) The taking by injury (Level A                    comparison of animal abundance and                    approaches, or enters the relevant EZ. A
                                                   harassment), serious injury, or death of                behavior, when feasible. When                         shutdown means all operating sound
                                                   any of the species listed in Table 1 or                 practicable, as an additional means of                sources are shut down (i.e., turned off).
                                                   the taking of any other species of marine               visual observation, EMALL’s vessel                       (g) Survey activity shall not resume
                                                   mammal is prohibited and may result in                  crew may also assist in detecting marine              until the PSVO has visually observed
                                                   the modification, suspension or                         mammals.                                              the marine mammal(s) exiting the EZ
                                                   revocation of this Authorization.                          (b) Record the following information               and is not likely to return, or has not
                                                      (c) If the number of detected takes of               when a marine mammal is sighted:                      been seen within the EZ for 15 min for
                                                   any marine mammal species listed in                        (i) Species, group size, age/size/sex
                                                                                                                                                                 species with shorter dive durations
                                                   Table 1 is met or exceeded, EMALL                       categories (if determinable), behavior
                                                                                                                                                                 (small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30
                                                   shall immediately cease survey                          when first sighted and after initial
                                                                                                                                                                 min for species with longer dive
                                                   operations involving the use of active                  sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing
                                                                                                                                                                 durations (large odontocetes, including
                                                   sound sources (e.g., airguns, profilers                 and distance from seismic vessel,
                                                                                                                                                                 killer whales and beluga whales).
                                                   etc.) and notify NMFS.                                  sighting cue, apparent reaction to the
                                                                                                           airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,                (h) Marine geophysical surveys may
                                                      4. The authorization for taking by
                                                                                                           approach, paralleling, etc.), and                     continue into night and low-light hours
                                                   harassment is limited to the following
                                                                                                           behavioral pace;                                      if such segment(s) of the survey is
                                                   acoustic sources (or sources with
                                                                                                              (ii) Time, location, heading, speed,               initiated when the entire relevant EZs
                                                   comparable frequency and intensity)
                                                                                                           activity of the vessel (including type of             can be effectively monitored visually
                                                   absent an amendment to this
                                                                                                           equipment operating), Beaufort sea state              (i.e., PSVO(s) must be able to see the
                                                   Authorization:
                                                      (a) EdgeTech3200 Sub-bottom profiler                 and wind force, visibility, and sun glare;            extent of the entire relevant EZ).
                                                   chirp;                                                  and                                                      (i) No initiation of survey operations
                                                      (b) Applied Acoustics AA301 Sub-                        (iii) The data listed under Condition              involving the use of sound sources is
                                                   bottom profiler boomer;                                 7(d)(ii) shall also be recorded at the start          permitted from a shutdown position at
                                                      (c) A 60 in3 airgun;                                 and end of each observation watch and                 night or during low-light hours (such as
                                                      5. The taking of any marine mammal                   during a watch whenever there is a                    in dense fog or heavy rain).
                                                   in a manner prohibited under this                       change in one or more of the variables.                  (j) If a beluga whale is visually sighted
                                                   Authorization must be reported                             (c) Establish a 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms)              approaching or within the
                                                   immediately to the Chief, Permits and                   ‘‘disturbance zone’’ for belugas, and                 relevant160dB disturbance zone, survey
                                                   Conservation Division, Office of                        groups of five or more harbor porpoises               activity will not commence or the sound
                                                   Protected Resources, NMFS or her                        and killer whales as well as a 180 dB re              source(s) shall be shut down until the
                                                   designee at (301) 427–8401.                             1 mPa (rms) and 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms)                 animals are no longer present within the
                                                      6. The holder of this Authorization                  ‘‘exclusion zone’’ (EZ) for cetaceans and             160-dB zone.
                                                   must notify the Chief of the Permits and                pinnipeds respectively before                            (h) Whenever aggregations or groups
                                                   Conservation Division, Office of                        equipment is in operation.                            of killer whales and/or harbor porpoises
                                                   Protected Resources, or her designee at                    (d) Visually observe the entire extent             are detected approaching or within the
                                                   least 48 hours prior to the start of survey             of the EZ (180 dB re 1 mPa [rms] for                  160-dB disturbance zone, survey
                                                   activities (unless constrained by the                   cetaceans and 190 dB re 1 mPa [rms] for               activity will not commence or the sound
                                                   date of issuance of this Authorization in               pinnipeds) using NMFS-qualified                       source(s) shall be shut-down until the
                                                   which case notification shall be made as                PSVOs, for at least 30 minutes (min)                  animals are no longer present within the
                                                   soon as possible) at 301–427–8484 or to                 prior to starting the survey (day or                  160-dB zone. An aggregation or group of
                                                   Sara.Young@noaa.gov.                                    night). If the PSVO finds a marine                    whales/porpoises shall consist of five or
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                      7. Mitigation and Monitoring                         mammal within the EZ, EMALL must                      more individuals of any age/sex class.
                                                   Requirements: The Holder of this                        delay the seismic survey until the                       (i) EMALL must not operate within 10
                                                   Authorization is required to implement                  marine mammal(s) has left the area. If                miles (16 km) of the mean higher high
                                                   the following mitigation and monitoring                 the PSVO sees a marine mammal that                    water (MHHW) line of the Susitna Delta
                                                   requirements when conducting the                        surfaces, then dives below the surface,               (Beluga River to the Little Susitna River)
                                                   specified activities to achieve the least               the PSVO shall wait 30 min. If the PSVO               between April 15 and October 15 (to
                                                   practicable impact on affected marine                   sees no marine mammals during that                    avoid any effects to belugas in an
                                                   mammal species or stocks:                               time, they should assume that the                     important feeding and breeding area).


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices                                              6403

                                                      (j) Survey operations involving the                  Biological Opinion, the report shall                  as an injury (Level A harassment),
                                                   use of airguns, sub-bottom profiler, or                 confirm the implementation of each                    serious injury or mortality (e.g., ship-
                                                   vibracore must cease if takes of any                    Term and Condition, as well as any                    strike, gear interaction, and/or
                                                   marine mammal are met or exceeded.                      conservation recommendations, and                     entanglement), EMALL shall
                                                      8. Reporting Requirements: The                       describe their effectiveness, for                     immediately cease the specified
                                                   Holder of this Authorization is required                minimizing the adverse effects of the                 activities and immediately report the
                                                   to:                                                     action on Endangered Species Act-listed               incident to the Chief of the Permits and
                                                      (a) Submit a weekly field report, no                 marine mammals.                                       Conservation Division, Office of
                                                   later than close of business (Alaska                       (c) Submit a draft Technical Report on             Protected Resources, NMFS, or her
                                                   time) each Thursday during the weeks                    all activities and monitoring results to              designees by phone or email (telephone:
                                                   when in-water survey activities take                    NMFS’ Permits and Conservation                        301–427–8401 or Sara.Young@
                                                   place. The field reports will summarize                 Division within 90 days of the                        noaa.gov), the Alaska Regional Office
                                                   species detected, in-water activity                     completion of the seismic survey. The                 (telephone: 907–271–1332 or
                                                   occurring at the time of the sighting,                  Technical Report will include the                     Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov), and the
                                                   behavioral reactions to in-water                        following information:                                Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators
                                                   activities, and the number of marine                       (i) Summaries of monitoring effort                 (telephone: 907–586–7248 or
                                                   mammals taken. The weekly reports                       (e.g., total hours, total distances, and              Aleria.Jensen@noaa.gov or
                                                   will also contain information about                     marine mammal distribution through                    Barbara.Mahoney@noaa.gov). The
                                                   which km2 grid cells that EMALL has                     the study period, accounting for sea                  report must include the following
                                                   operated in that week, along with the                   state and other factors affecting                     information:
                                                   corresponding densities from the Goetz                  visibility and detectability of marine                   (i) Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                                   et al 2012 model to indicate how many                   mammals);                                             longitude) of the incident;
                                                   belugas may have been taken by these                       (ii) Analyses of the effects of various               (ii) The name and type of vessel
                                                   operations. The weekly report will also                 factors influencing detectability of                  involved;
                                                   include the number of belugas that may                  marine mammals (e.g., sea state, number                  (iii) The vessel’s speed during and
                                                   have been taken from previous weeks to                  of observers, and fog/glare);                         leading up to the incident;
                                                   track when EMALL is approaching their                      (iii) Species composition, occurrence,                (iv) Description of the incident;
                                                   cap of 34 belugas.                                      and distribution of marine mammal                        (v) Status of all sound source use in
                                                      (b) Submit a monthly report, no later                sightings, including date, water depth,               the 24 hours preceding the incident;
                                                   than the 15th of each month, to NMFS’                   numbers, age/size/gender categories (if                  (vi) Water depth;
                                                   Permits and Conservation Division for                   determinable), group sizes, and ice                      (vii) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                                   all months during which in-water                        cover;                                                wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                                   seismic survey activities occur. These                     (iv) Analyses of the effects of survey             state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                                   reports must contain and summarize the                  operations; and                                          (viii) Description of marine mammal
                                                   following information:                                     (v) Sighting rates of marine mammals               observations in the 24 hours preceding
                                                      (i) Dates, times, locations, heading,                during periods with and without survey                the incident;
                                                   speed, weather, sea conditions                          activities (and other variables that could               (ix) Species identification or
                                                   (including Beaufort sea state and wind                  affect detectability), such as: (A) initial           description of the animal(s) involved;
                                                   force), and associated activities during                sighting distances versus survey activity                (x) The fate of the animal(s); and
                                                   all operations and marine mammal                        state; (B) closest point of approach                     (xi) Photographs or video footage of
                                                   sightings;                                              versus survey activity state; (C) observed            the animal (if equipment is available).
                                                      (ii) Species, number, location,                      behaviors and types of movements                         Activities shall not resume until
                                                   distance from the vessel, and behavior                  versus survey activity state; (D) numbers             NMFS is able to review the
                                                   of any marine mammals, as well as                       of sightings/individuals seen versus                  circumstances of the prohibited take.
                                                   associated activity (type of equipment in               survey activity state; (E) distribution               NMFS shall work with EMALL to
                                                   use and number of shutdowns),                           around the source vessels versus survey               determine what is necessary to
                                                   observed throughout all monitoring                      activity state; and (F) estimates of take             minimize the likelihood of further
                                                   activities;                                             by Level B harassment based on                        prohibited take and ensure MMPA
                                                      (iii) An estimate of the number (by                  presence in the relevant 120 dB or 160                compliance. EMALL may not resume
                                                   species) of: (A) pinnipeds that have                    dB harassment zone.                                   their activities until notified by NMFS
                                                   been exposed to the activity (based on                     (d) Submit a final report to the Chief,            via letter or email, or telephone.
                                                   visual observation) at received levels                  Permits and Conservation Division,                       (b) In the event that EMALL discovers
                                                   greater than or equal to 160 dB re 1 mPa                Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,                  an injured or dead marine mammal, and
                                                   (rms) and/or 190 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with                 within 30 days after receiving comments               the lead PSO determines that the cause
                                                   a discussion of any specific behaviors                  from NMFS on the draft report. If NMFS                of the injury or death is unknown and
                                                   those individuals exhibited; and (B)                    decides that the draft report needs no                the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less
                                                   cetaceans that have been exposed to the                 comments, the draft report shall be                   than a moderate state of decomposition
                                                   activity (based on visual observation) at               considered to be the final report.                    as described in the next paragraph),
                                                   received levels greater than or equal to                   (e) EMALL must immediately report                  EMALL will immediately report the
                                                   120 dB or 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) and/                    to NMFS if 25 belugas are detected                    incident to the Chief of the Permits and
                                                   or 180 dB re 1 mPa (rms) with a                         within the relevant 120 dB or 160 dB re               Conservation Division, Office of
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                                   discussion of any specific behaviors                    1 mPa (rms) disturbance zone during                   Protected Resources, NMFS, her
                                                   those individuals exhibited.                            survey operations to allow NMFS to                    designees, and the NMFS Alaska
                                                      (iv) A description of the                            consider making necessary adjustments                 Stranding Hotline (see contact
                                                   implementation and effectiveness of the:                to monitoring and mitigation.                         information in Condition 9(a)). The
                                                   (A) terms and conditions of the                            9. (a) In the unanticipated event that             report must include the same
                                                   Biological Opinion’s Incidental Take                    the specified activity clearly causes the             information identified in the Condition
                                                   Statement (ITS); and (B) mitigation                     take of a marine mammal in a manner                   9(a) above. Activities may continue
                                                   measures of this Authorization. For the                 prohibited by this Authorization, such                while NMFS reviews the circumstances


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM   05FEN3


                                                   6404                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 24 / Friday, February 5, 2016 / Notices

                                                   of the incident. NMFS will work with                       11. A copy of this Authorization and                        TABLE 1—AUTHORIZED TAKE NUM-
                                                   EMALL to determine whether                              the ITS must be in the possession of all                       BERS FOR EACH MARINE MAMMAL
                                                   modifications in the activities are                     contractors and PSOs operating under                           SPECIES IN COOK INLET—Continued
                                                   appropriate.                                            the authority of this Incidental
                                                     (c) In the event that EMALL discovers                 Harassment Authorization.                                                                                Authorized
                                                   an injured or dead marine mammal, and                      12. Penalties and Permit Sanctions:                                                                   take in the
                                                                                                                                                                                      Species
                                                   the lead PSO determines that the injury                 Any person who violates any provision                                                                    Cook Inlet
                                                   or death is not associated with or related              of this Incidental Harassment                                                                            action area
                                                   to the activities authorized in Condition               Authorization is subject to civil and
                                                                                                                                                                       Killer whale (Orcinus orca) .....                     13
                                                   2 of this Authorization (e.g., previously               criminal penalties, permit sanctions,
                                                                                                                                                                       Harbor porpoise (Phocoena
                                                   wounded animal, carcass with moderate                   and forfeiture as authorized under the
                                                                                                                                                                         phocoena) ...........................               54
                                                   to advanced decomposition, or                           MMPA.
                                                   scavenger damage), EMALL shall report                      13. This Authorization may be                                                    Pinnipeds
                                                   the incident to the Chief of the Permits                modified, suspended or withdrawn if
                                                   and Conservation Division, Office of                    the Holder fails to abide by the                            Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina
                                                   Protected Resources, NMFS, her                          conditions prescribed herein or if the                        richardsi) .............................         4,643
                                                   designees, the NMFS Alaska Stranding                    authorized taking is having more than a
                                                   Hotline (1–877–925–7773), and the                       negligible impact on the species or stock                   Request for Public Comments
                                                   Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinators                  of affected marine mammals, or if there
                                                   within 24 hours of the discovery (see                   is an unmitigable adverse impact on the                        We request comment on our analysis,
                                                   contact information in Condition 9(a)).                 availability of such species or stocks for                  the draft authorization, and any other
                                                   EMALL shall provide photographs or                      subsistence uses.                                           aspect of the Notice of Proposed IHA for
                                                   video footage (if available) or other                                                                               EMALL. Please include with your
                                                   documentation of the stranded animal                       TABLE 1—AUTHORIZED TAKE NUM-                             comments any supporting data or
                                                   sighting to NMFS and the Marine                            BERS FOR EACH MARINE MAMMAL                              literature citations to help inform our
                                                   Mammal Stranding Network. Activities                       SPECIES IN COOK INLET                                    final decision on EMALL’s request for
                                                   may continue while NMFS reviews the                                                                                 an MMPA authorization.
                                                   circumstances of the incident.                                                                        Authorized
                                                     10. EMALL is required to comply                                                                     take in the     Dated: January 29, 2016.
                                                                                                                          Species
                                                   with the Reasonable and Prudent                                                                       Cook Inlet    Perry F. Gayaldo,
                                                                                                                                                         action area
                                                   Measures and Terms and Conditions of                                                                                Deputy Director, Office of Protected
                                                   the ITS corresponding to NMFS’                                                 Odontocetes                          Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                   Biological Opinion issued to both U.S.                                                                              [FR Doc. 2016–01967 Filed 2–4–16; 8:45 am]
                                                   Army Corps of Engineers and NMFS’                       Beluga whale (Delphinapterus                                BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
                                                   Office of Protected Resources.                            leucas) .................................            34
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with NOTICES3




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 Feb 04, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00030      Fmt 4701     Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\05FEN3.SGM    05FEN3



Document Created: 2016-02-05 00:17:39
Document Modified: 2016-02-05 00:17:39
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than March 7, 2016.
ContactSara Young, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8484.
FR Citation81 FR 6375 
RIN Number0648-XE40

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR